Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)

4.2K tayangan

Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)

- Permutation & Combination Theory_E
- Blanchard Differential Equations 3e Solutions Manual .pdf
- Section 15.4 Answers
- probset3._materialbalances
- hw3_soln
- Chapter 16.1 - 16.3 Solutions Rogowski
- Toposhaper - Iso-Contours - User Manual - English - V2.0 - 22 Dec 14
- Areas under curves,integration from A-level Maths Tutor
- BCE - 70.docx
- Weather Maps and Intro to Climate
- chap16-et-student-solutions
- 737 Sec 6
- Fall Project A
- Chap13 Et Student Solutions
- ch06
- 19curve0
- RollingConesCylinders_Part13
- wong_fp-FP4
- Transformations of Functions
- Land Nav Handbook

Anda di halaman 1dari 127

15

S E VERAL VA RIABLES

15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1)

Preliminary Questions

1. What is the difference between a horizontal trace and a level curve? How are they related?

SOLUTION A horizontal trace at height c consists of all points (x, y, c) such that f (x, y) = c. A level curve is the

curve f (x, y) = c in the x y-plane. The horizontal trace is in the z = c plane. The two curves are related in the sense that

the level curve is the projection of the horizontal trace on the x y-plane. The two curves have the same shape but they are

located in parallel planes.

2. Describe the trace of f (x, y) = x 2 − sin(x 3 y) in the x z-plane.

SOLUTION The intersection of the graph of f (x, y) = x 2 − sin(x 3 y) with the x z-plane is obtained by setting y = 0 in

the equation z = x 2 − sin(x 3 y). We get the equation z = x 2 − sin 0 = x 2 . This is the parabola z = x 2 in the x z-plane.

3. Is it possible for two different level curves of a function to intersect? Explain.

SOLUTION Two different level curves of f (x, y) are the curves in the x y-plane defined by equations f (x, y) = c1 and

f (x, y) = c2 for c1 = c2 . If the curves intersect at a point (x 0 , y0 ), then f (x 0 , y0 ) = c1 and f (x 0 , y0 ) = c2 , which

implies that c1 = c2 . Therefore, two different level curves of a function do not intersect.

4. Describe the contour map of f (x, y) = x with contour interval 1.

SOLUTION The level curves of the function f (x, y) = x are the vertical lines x = c. Therefore, the contour map of f

with contour interval 1 consists of vertical lines so that every two adjacent lines are distanced one unit from another.

5. How will the contour maps of f (x, y) = x and g(x, y) = 2x with contour interval 1 look different?

SOLUTION The level curves of f (x, y) = x are the vertical lines x = c, and the level curves of g(x, y) = 2x are the

vertical lines 2x = c or x = 2c . Therefore, the contour map of f (x, y) = x with contour interval 1 consists of vertical

lines with distance one unit between adjacent lines, whereas in the contour map of g(x, y) = 2x (with contour interval

1) the distance between two adjacent vertical lines is 12 .

Exercises

In Exercises 1–4, evaluate the function at the specified points.

SOLUTION We substitute the values for x and y in f (x, y) and compute the values of f at the given points. This gives

f (2, 2) = 2 + 2 · 23 = 18

f (−1, 4) = −1 + 4 · (−1)3 = −5

f 6, 12 = 6 + 12 · 63 = 114

3. h(x, y, z) = x yz −2

y , (3, 8, 2), (3, −2, −6)

g(x, y) = 2 , (1, 3), (3, −2)

x + y 2(x, y, z) = (3, 8, 2) and (x, y, z) = (3, −2, −6) in the function, we obtain

SOLUTION Substituting

1

h(3, 8, 2) = 3 · 8 · 2−2 = 3 · 8 · =6

4

1 1

h(3, −2, −6) = 3 · (−2) · (−6)−2 = −6 · =−

36 6

Q(y, z) = y 2 + y sin z, (y, z) = (2, π2 ), (−2, π6 )

5. f (x, y) = 4x − 7y

SOLUTION The function is defined for all x and y, hence the domain is the entire x y-plane.

7. f (x, y) = ln(y− 2x)

f (x, y) = 9 − x 2

324 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION The function is defined if y − 2x > 0 or y > 2x. This is the region in the x y-plane that is above the line

y = 2x.

y

y = 2x

y > 2x

9. G(x, t) = e1/(x+t)

1

h(x, t) =

+t

SOLUTION The xfunction is defined if x + t = 0, that is, x = −t. The domain is the same as the domain of h(x, t) in

the previous exercise.

y

x = −t

y

11. f (x, y) = sin 1

g(y, z) = x

z + y2

SOLUTION The function is defined for all x = 0. The domain is the x y-plane with the y-axis excluded.

D = {(x, y) : x = 0}

y

x = 0

√

13. F(I, R) = I R2 4

H (r, s) = 3r s

SOLUTION The function is defined if I R ≥ 0. Therefore the domain is the first and the third quadrants of the I R-plane

including both axes.

y

IR ≥ 0

f (x, y) = cos−1 (x + y)

S E C T I O N 15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1) 325

1

15. g(r, t) = 2

r −t

SOLUTION The function is defined if r 2 − t = 0, that is, t = r 2 . The domain is the r t-plane with the parabola t = r 2

excluded.

D = (r, t) : t = r 2

y

t = r2

t = r 2

f (x, y) = ln(4x 2 − y)

17. f (x, y, z) = x z + e y

SOLUTION The domain of f is the entire (x, y, z)-space. Since f takes all the real values, the range is the entire real

line.

19. f (x, s) =

y, z)

P(r, 9 − x 2 − y2 − z2

= er/s

SOLUTION The function is defined if 9 − x 2 − y 2 − z 2 ≥ 0, i.e, x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ≤ 9. Therefore, the domain is the set

{(x, y, z) : x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ≤ 9}, which is the ball of radius 3 centered at the origin, including the sphere x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 9.

To find the range, we examine the values ω taken by f . For ω in the range, the following equation has solutions x, y, z:

9 − x 2 − y2 − z2 = ω (1)

Raising to the power of two and transfering sides gives

9 − x 2 − y2 − z2 = ω 2

x 2 + y2 + z2 = 9 − ω 2

The left-hand side is nonnegative, hence also 9 − ω 2 ≥ 0 or ω 2 ≤ 9. Therefore, −3 ≤ ω ≤ 3. By (1), ω ≥ 0, hence we

must satisfy 0 ≤ ω ≤ 3. We obtain the following range:

{ω ∈ R : 0 ≤ ω ≤ 3} .

In Exercises

Match 21–30, sketch the

the functions graph

(a)–(f) andtheir

with describe the(A)–(F)

graphs verticalinand horizontal

Figure 21. traces.

(x,=y)12=−|x|

f (x,fy)

21. (a) 3x+−|y|

4y

(b) f (x, The

SOLUTION y) =graph (x, y)

cos(xof− fy) = 12 − 3x − 4y is shown in the figure:

−1

(c) f (x, y) = z

1 + 9x 2 + y 2 12

2 2

−1

(e) f (x, y) =

1 + 9x 2 + 9y 2

3

y

(f) f (x, y) = cos(x 2 + y 2 )e−0.1(x +y )

2 2 4

x

z

x

326 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

The vertical traces obtained by setting x = a or y = a are the lines z = (12 − 3a) − 4y and z = −3x + (12 − 4a) in

the planes x = a and y = a, respectively.

z z

y y

x x

f (x, y) = x + y

SOLUTION The graph of the function is shown in the figure:

The horizontal trace at height c is the curve x 2 + 4y 2 = c, where c ≥ 0 (if c = 0, it is the origin). The horizontal traces

are ellipses for c > 0.

z

The vertical trace in the plane x = a is the parabola z = a 2 + 4y 2 , and the vertical trace in the plane y = a is the

parabola z = x 2 + 4a 2 .

z

z

y

y

x

x

1

25. f (x,f (x,

y) =y) x=2 y+2 y 2 + 1

S E C T I O N 15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1) 327

1 1 1

= c ⇒ x 2 + y2 + 1 = ⇒ x 2 + y2 = − 1

x 2 + y2 + 1 c c

For 0 < c < 1 it is a circle of radius 1c − 1 centered at (0, 0), and for c = 1 it is the origin.

The vertical trace in the plane x = a is the following curve in the plane x = a:

1 1

z= 2 ⇒ z=

a + y2 + 1 (1 + a 2 ) + y 2

z

1

The vertical trace in the plane y = a is the curve z = 2 in this plane.

x + a2 + 1

z

f (x, y) = 7

328 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

z

The vertical traces obtained by setting x = a or y = a are z = a + |y| or z = x + |a| in the planes x = a and y = a,

respectively.

z z

y y

x x

29. f (x, y) = 1 − x 2 2− y 2 2

f (x, y) = 9 − x − y

SOLUTION The graph of f is shown in the figure below:

1 − x 2 − y2 = c ⇒ 1 − x 2 − y 2 = c2 ⇒ x 2 + y 2 = 1 − c2

For 0 ≤ c < 1 it is the circle of radius 1 − c2 centered at the origin, and for c = 1 it is the point at the origin.

S E C T I O N 15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1) 329

x

The vertical traces in the planes x = a and y = a (for |a| ≤ 1) are z = 1 − a 2 − y 2 and z = 1 − a 2 − x 2 in these

planes.

z z

y y

x x

31. Sketch the contour

f (x, y) = 1 + x 2 + y 2

SOLUTION The level curves are x + y = c or y = c − x. Using contour interval m = 1, we plot y = c − x for various

values of c.

4

2

0

−2

−4

−4 −2 0 2 4

4

2

0

−2

−4

−4 −2 0 2 4

2

33. The

Sketch thefunction (x, t)

contour fmap of =f (x, y) = y 2 withgraph

level is shown

curves c=in 0,

Figure 22, 16.

4, 8, 12, models the temperature along a

metal bar after an intense burst of heat is applied at its center point.

(a) Sketch the graphs of the vertical traces at times t = 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2. What do these traces tell us about the way heat

diffuses through the bar?

(b) Sketch the vertical trace at x = 0. Describe how temperature varies in time at the center point.

(c) Sketch the vertical trace x = c for c = ±0.2, ±0.4. Describe how temperature varies in time at points near the

center.

330 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Temperature T

4

3

−0.4−0.2 2 Time t

0 0.2

0.4 1

x

Metal bar

2

SOLUTION

(a) The vertical traces at times t = 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2 are

√

z = 2e−2x in the plane t = 0.5

2

2

2

3/2

z = √1 e−x /2 in the plane t = 2

2

2

These vertical traces are shown in the following figure:

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

Trace at t = 1.5 Trace at t = 2

At each time the temperature decreases as we move away from the center point. Also, as t increases, the temperature at

each point in the bar (except at the middle) increases and then decreases (as can be seen in Figure 22).

(b) The vertical trace at x = 0 is z = t −1/2 = √1 . This trace is shown in the following figure:

t

y

x

t

As suggested by the graph, the temperature is decreasing with time at the center point, according to √1 .

t

(c) The vertical traces x = c for the given values of c are:

0.04

z = √1 e− t in the planes x = 0.2 and x = −0.2

t

0.16

z = √1 e− t in the planes x = 0.4 and x = −0.4.

t

We see that for small values of t the temperature increases quickly and then slowly decreases as t increases.

S E C T I O N 15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1) 331

In Exercises 34–43, draw a contour map of f (x, y) with an appropriate contour interval, showing at least six level

curves.

f (x, y) =

SOLUTION The level x curves are

y y

ex = c ⇒ = ln c ⇒ y = x ln c

x

For c > 1, the level curves are the lines y = x ln c, and for c = 1 the level curve is the x-axis. We use the contour interval

m = 3 and show a contour map with the level curves c = 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16:

c = e3 c = e2 c=e

0.1

0.05

0

0 0.05 0.1

37. f (x, y) = x y y

f (x, y) = 2

SOLUTION The level x curves are x y = c or y = xc . These are hyperbolas in the x y-plane. We draw a contour map of

the function using contour interval m = 1 and c = 0, ±1, ±2, ±3:

4

2

0

−2

−4

−4 −2 0 2 4

39. f (x, y) = x + 2y − 1

f (x, y) = x − y

x c+1

SOLUTION The level curves are the lines x + 2y − 1 = c or y = − 2 + 2 . We draw a contour map using the

contour interval m = 4 and c = −9, −5, −1, 3, 7, 11. The corresponding level curves are:

x x x x

y=− − 4, y=− − 2, y=− , y=− + 2,

2 2 2 2

c=−9 c=−5 c=−1 c=3

x x

y = − + 4, y =− +6

2 2

c=7 c=11

4

2

0

−2

−4

−4 −2 0 2 4

41. f (x, y) = x 2 2

f (x, y) = x − y √ √

SOLUTION The level curves are x 2 = c. For c > 0 these are the two vertical lines x = c and x = − c and for

c = 0 it is the y-axis. We draw a contour map using contour interval m = 4 and c = 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20:

332 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

4

2

0

−2

−4

−4 −2 0 2 4

10

43. f (x,f (x,

y) =y) 1=+3xx 22 − 2

+ yy 2

SOLUTION The level curves are:

10 10 10

=c ⇒ 1 + x 2 + y2 = ⇒ x 2 + y2 = −1

1 + x 2 + y2 c c

For 0 < c < 10 these are circles of radius 10c − 1 centered at the origin. For c = 10 it is the point at the origin. We

plot a contour map with contour interval m = 1.5 for c = 10, 8.5, 7, 5.5, 4, 2.5.

C

470

B

450

i

ii iii

400 E

P iv

D

A

0 1 2 km

the contour function has (B)

(A) and the in

contour

Figure map shown

23 with in Figure

the two (x, y)level

24 f(with

functions = x curve c =g(x,

− 2y and 0 as = 2x − y.

y) indicated),

assuming that the contour interval is m = 6? What if m = 3?

y

2

1

x

−6 −3 3 6

−1

−2

c=0

FIGURE 24

f (x, y) = α x + β y + γ (1)

αx + β y + γ = c (2)

By the given information, the level curve for c = 0 is the line passing through the points (0, −1) and (−3, 0). We find

the equation of this line:

0 − (−1) 1

y= (x + 3) ⇒ y = − (x + 3) ⇒ x + 3y + 3 = 0

−3 − 0 3

Setting c = 0 in (2) gives α x + β y + γ = 0. Hence,

α β γ

= = ⇒ β = 3α , γ = 3α

1 3 3

Substituting into (2) gives

α x + 3α y + 3α = c

or

c

x + 3y + 3 = (3)

α

S E C T I O N 15.1 Functions of Two or More Variables (ET Section 14.1) 333

Case 1: m = 6. In this case, the closest line above c = 0 corresponds to c = 6. This line is parallel to x + 3y + 3 = 0

and passes through the origin, hence its equation is x + 3y = 0. Setting c = 6 in (3) gives

6 6

x + 3y + 3 = or x + 3y = −3

α α

This line coincides with the line x + 3y = 0 only if α6 − 3 = 0, that is, α = 2. Substituting α = 2, β = 3α = 6, and

γ = 3α = 6 in (1) gives

334 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

C

470

B

450

i

ii iii

400 E

P iv

D

A

0 1 2 km

SOLUTION Starting at D or E, we draw a path that everywhere along the way points on the steepest direction, that is,

moves as straight as possible from one level curve to the next. We obtain the following paths:

C

470

B

450

i

ii iii

400 E

P iv

D

A

Contour interval = 10 m

0 1 2 km

Further Insights and Challenges

(a) At which of (A)–(E)

x is temperature increasing in the easterly direction?

55. Let f (x, y) = for (x, y) = 0. Write f as a function f (r, θ ) in polar coordinates and use this to find the

(b) At which of (A)–(E)

x 2 + y 2is temperature decreasing most rapidly in the northern direction?

level(c)

curves of f . direction at (B) is temperature increasing most rapidly?

In which

SOLUTION In polar coordinates x = r cos θ and r = x 2 + y 2 . Hence,

r cos θ

f (r, θ ) = = cos θ .

r

z

x

y

The level curves are the curves cos θ = c in the r θ -plane, for |c| ≤ 1. For −1 < c < 1, c = 0, the level curves cos θ = c

are the two rays θ = cos−1 c and θ = − cos−1 c.

S E C T I O N 15.2 Limits and Continuity in Several Variables (ET Section 14.2) 335

For c = 0, the level curve cos θ = 0 is the y-axis; for c = 1 the level curve cos θ = 1 is the nonnegative x-axis.

z

x

y

xy

Use a computer algebra system to draw the graph of f (x, y) = 2 and its contour map.

x + y2 + 1

15.2(a) Limits and

Show that Continuity

the level iny)Several

curve f (x, Variables (ET Section 14.2)

= c has equation

2

Preliminary Questions 1 2− x− 1 y

− 1 y =1

4c2D ∗ (P, r )?

1. What is the difference between D(P, r ) and 2c

(b) ShowD(P,

SOLUTION r ) is

that the the curve

level open disk of radius

is empty 1 and

if |c|r>and is a(a,

center if |c| <

b). It consists

hyperbola 1 . What

of all pointsisdistanced

the level less than

curve = 12 ?P,

forrcfrom

2 2

hence D(P, r ) includes the point P. D ∗ (P, r ) consists of all points in D(P, r ) other than P itself.

2. Suppose that f (x, y) is continuous at (2, 3) and that f (2, y) = y 3 for y = 3. What is the value f (2, 3)?

SOLUTION f (x, y) is continuous at (2, 3), hence the following holds:

(x,y)→(2,3)

Since the limit exists, we may compute it by approaching (2, 3) along the vertical line x = 2. This gives

(x,y)→(2,3) y→3 y→3

1

3. Suppose that Q(x, y) is a function such that is continuous for all (x, y). Which of the following statements

Q(x, y)

are true?

(a) Q(x, y) is continuous at all (x, y).

(b) Q(x, y) is continuous for (x, y) = (0, 0).

(c) Q(x, y) = 0 for all (x, y).

1 . Hence Q(x, y) =

All three statements are true. Let f (x, y) = Q(x,y) 1

SOLUTION f (x,y) .

(a) Since f is continuous, Q is continuous whenever f (x, y) = 0. But by the definition of f it is never zero, therefore

Q is continuous at all (x, y).

(b) Q is continuous everywhere including at (0, 0).

336 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

1

(c) Since f (x, y) = Q(x,y) is continuous, the denominator is never zero, that is, Q(x, y) = 0 for all (x, y).

Moreover, there are no points where Q(x, y) = 0. (The equality Q(x, y) = (0, 0) is meaningless since the range of Q

consists of real numbers.)

4. Suppose that f (x, 0) = 3 for all x = 0 and f (0, y) = 5 for all y = 0. What can you conclude about

lim f (x, y)?

(x,y)→(0,0)

SOLUTION We show that the limit lim(x,y)→(0,0) f (x, y) does not exist. Indeed, if the limit exists, it may be computed

by approaching (0, 0) along the x-axis or along the y-axis. We compute these two limits:

(x,y)→(0,0) x→0 x→0

along y=0

(x,y)→(0,0) y→0 y→0

along x=0

Since the limits are different, f (x, y) does not approach one limit as (x, y) → (0, 0), hence the limit lim(x,y)→(0,0) f (x, y)

does not exist.

Exercises

In Exercises 1–10, use continuity to evaluate the limit.

1. lim (x 2 + y)

(x,y)→(1,2)

lim (x 2 + y) = 12 + 2 = 3

(x,y)→(1,2)

3. lim (3xx2 y − 2x y 3 )

(x,y)→(3,−1)

lim

(x,y)→( 94 , 29 ) y

SOLUTION The function 3x y − 2x y 3 is continuous everywhere because it is a polynomial. We evaluate the limit by

2

substitution:

(x,y)→(3,−1)

x 2 + y2

5. lim x − 3y 2

lim x + y 2

(x,y)→(1,2)

(x,y)→(−2,4) 4x + y

x 2 +y

SOLUTION The rational function is continuous at (1, 2) since the denominator is not zero at this point. We

x+y 2

compute the limit using substitution:

x2 + y 12 + 2 3

lim = =

(x,y)→(1,2) x + y 2 1 + 22 5

y

7. lim lim arctan

tanxx cos y

(x,y)→(4,4)

(x,y)→( π4 ,0)

SOLUTION Since the function arctan xy is continuous at the point (4, 4), we compute the limit by substitution:

y 4 π

lim arctan = arctan = arctan 1 =

(x,y)→(4,4) x 4 4

ex −

2 −y 2

2e 2

9. limlim e x −y

(x,y)→(0,0) x + y

(x,y)→(1,1)

SOLUTION The function is the quotient of two continuous functions, and the denominator is not zero at the point (1, 1).

Therefore, the function is continuous at this point, and we may compute the limit by substitution:

e x − e−y e1 − e−1

2 2 2 2

e − 1e 1

lim = = = (e − e−1 )

(x,y)→(1,1) x+y 1+1 2 2

In Exerciseslim

11–18,ln(x

evaluate

− y) the limit or determine that it does not exist.

(x,y)→(1,0)

S E C T I O N 15.2 Limits and Continuity in Several Variables (ET Section 14.2) 337

x

11. lim

(x,y)→(0,1) y

SOLUTION The function xy is continuous at the point (0, 1), hence we compute the limit by substitution:

x 0

lim = =0

(x,y)→(0,1) y 1

(x,y)→(1,1)

lim

(x,y)→(1,0) y

SOLUTION The function is continuous at (1, 1), hence we compute the limit using substitution:

(x,y)→(1,1)

(x,y)→(−1,−2) x + y

lim

(x,y)→(0,0) 1 + y 2

SOLUTION The function x 2 |y|3 is continuous everywhere. We compute the limit using substitution:

(x,y)→(−1,−2)

y−2

17. lim x y2

(x,y)→(4,2)

lim x 2 − 4

(x,y)→(−1,−2) |x|

SOLUTION The function is continuous at the point (4, 2), since it is the quotient of two continuous functions and the

denominator is not zero at (4, 2). We compute the limit by substitution:

y−2 2−2 0

lim = = √ =0

(x,y)→(4,2) x −4

2 4 −4

2 12

assume

x that

lim

(x,y)→(π ,0) sin y lim f (x, y) = 3, lim g(x, y) = 7

(x,y)→(2,5) (x,y)→(2,5)

19. lim f (x, y) + 4g(x, y)

(x,y)→(2,5)

SOLUTION Using the Sum Law and the Constant Multiples Law we get

(x,y)→(2,5) (x,y)→(2,5) (x,y)→(2,5)

(x,y)→(2,5)

lim f (x, y)g(x, y)2

(x,y)→(2,5)

SOLUTION e f (x,y) is the composition of G(u) = eu and u = f (x, y). Since eu is continuous, we may evaluate the

limit as follows:

(x,y)→(2,5)

the limit or determine that the limit does not exist. You may evaluate the limit of a product

lim ln g(x, y) − 2 f (x, y)

function(x,y)→(2,5)

as a product of limits as in Example 3.

(sin x)(sin y)

23. lim

(x,y)→(0,0) xy

SOLUTION We evaluate the limit as a product of limits:

(sin x)(sin y) sin x sin y

lim = lim lim = 1 · 1 = 1.

(x,y)→(0,0) xy x→0 x y→0 y

(z,w)→(−1,2)

lim e x −y

(x,y)→(2,1)

338 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION The function is continuous everywhere since it is a polynomial. Therefore we use substitution to evaluate

the limit:

(z,ω )→(−1,2)

(2 + k)2 − 4

27. limlim h 4 sin x cos 1

(h,k)→(2,0) k y

(x,y)→(0,0)

SOLUTION We write the limit as a product of limits:

lim h4 = lim h 4 lim = 4 · lim (1)

(h,k)→(2,0) k h→2 k→0 k k→0 k

We show that this limit exists. Notice that the limit is the derivative of f (x) = x 2 at x = 2. That is,

(2 + k)2 − 4 f (2 + k) − f (2)

lim = lim = f (2) = 2x =4

k→0 k k→0 k x=2

1

29. lim tan2−1

e1/xh(k + 4)

(x,y)→(0,0)

lim y

(h,k)→(0,0) k

SOLUTION We show that the limit along the line y = x does not exist. We have,

1 1

lim e1/x tan−1 = lim e1/x tan−1 (1)

(x,y)→(0,0) y x→0 x

along y=x

We consider the two one-sided limits. As x → 0+, e1/x is increasing without bound and lim tan−1 1x = π2 . Therefore,

x→0+

1

lim e1/x tan−1 = +∞

x→0+ x

As x → 0−, we have

1 1 −π

lim e1/x tan−1 = lim e1/x lim tan−1 =0· =0

x→0− x x→0− x→0− x 2

Since the one-sided limits are not equal, the limit in (1) does not exist. Therefore, the given limit does exist.

31. limx ln y

(x,y)→(0,0) ek − 1

lim x2

(x,k)→(1,0)

SOLUTION k the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the positive y-axis (x = 0, y > 0):

We first compute

(x,y)→(0,0) y→0+ y→0

along the positive

y -axis

We now compute the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the curve y = e−1/x , x > 0 (notice that y → 0+ as

x → 0+):

1

lim x ln y = lim x ln e−1/x = lim x · − = lim (−1) = −1

(x,y)→(0,0) x→0+ x→0+ x x→0+

along y=e−1/x , x>0

Since the limits along the two paths are not equal, the limit itself does not exist.

x 3 + y3

33. Let f (x, y) = 2 1 2 . 1

lim x 2x+y y− x y(x + 2)

(x,y)→(0,0)

(a) Show that

|x 3 | ≤ |x|(x 2 + y 2 ), |y 3 | ≤ |y|(x 2 + y 2 )

(c) Use (b) and the formal definition of the limit to prove that lim f (x, y) = 0.

(x,y)→(0,0)

(d) Verify the conclusion of (c) again using polar coordinates as in Example 6.

SOLUTION

S E C T I O N 15.2 Limits and Continuity in Several Variables (ET Section 14.2) 339

|x 3 + y 3 | |x 3 | + |y 3 |

| f (x, y)| = ≤

x +y

2 2 x 2 + y2

We continue using the inequality in part (a):

| f (x, y)| ≤ = = |x| + |y|

x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2

That is,

Let > 0. Then if |x| < 2 and |y| < 2 , we have by (1)

| f (x, y) − 0| ≤ |x| + |y| < + = (2)

2 2

Notice that if x 2 + y 2 < 4 , then x 2 < 4 and y 2 < 4 . Hence |x| < 2 and |y| < 2 , so (1) holds. In other words, using

2 2 2

D 2 to represent the punctured disc of radius /2 centered at the origin, we have

(x, y) ∈ D ⇒ |x| <

2 2

and

|y| < ⇒ | f (x, y) − 0| <

2

We conclude by the limit definition that

lim f (x, y) = 0

(x,y)→(0,0)

x = r cos θ , y = r sin θ

Then, (x, y) → (0, 0) if and only if x 2 + y 2 → 0, that is, if and only if r → 0+. We have

x 2 + y2 = r 2

x 3 + y 3 = r 3 cos3 θ + r 3 sin3 θ = r 3 (cos3 θ + sin3 θ )

Hence,

x 3 + y3 r 3 (cos3 θ + sin3 θ )

f (x, y) = 2 = = r (cos3 θ + sin3 θ ) (3)

x + y2 r2

As r approaches zero, 2r approaches zero, hence (4) and the Squeeze Theorem imply that

r →0+

(x,y)→(0,0) r →0+

340 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

x

35. Show that lim does

2 not exist. Hint: Consider the limits along the lines y = mx.

(x,y)→(0,0) x + y y

Show that lim 2 + y2

does not exist.

(x,y)→(0,0)

SOLUTION We compute thex limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the line y = mx, for a fixed value of m.

Substituting y = mx in the function f (x, y) = x+y x , we get

x x

f (x, mx) = =

x + mx x(1 + m)

As (x, y) approaches (0, 0), (x, y) = (0, 0). Therefore x = 0 on the line y = mx. Thus,

x 1 1

lim f (x, y) = lim = lim =

(x,y)→(0,0) x→0 x(1 + m) x→0 1 + m 1+m

along y=mx

We see that the limits along the lines y = mx are different, hence f (x, y) does not approach one limit as (x, y) → (0, 0).

We conclude that the given limit does not exist.

x a yb

a, b ≥that

37. LetShow 0. Show that limx

lim does not= 0 if a + b > 2 and the limit does not exist if a + b ≤ 2.

2 exist. Hint: Use polar coordinates.

x 2 + y2x + y

(x,y)→(0,0) 2

(x,y)→(0,0)

SOLUTION We first show that the limit is zero if a + b > 2. We compute the limit using the polar coordinates

x = r cos θ , y = r sin θ . Then (x, y) → (0, 0) if and only if x 2 + y 2 → 0, that is, if and only if r → 0+. Therefore,

lim = lim = lim

(x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y 2 r →0+ r 2 r →0+ r2

r →0+

Since a + b > 2, lim r a+b−2 = 0, therefore (2) and the Squeeze Theorem imply that

r →0+

r →0

x a yb

lim =0

(x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y 2

We now consider the case a + b < 2. We examine the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the line y = x. Along

this line, θ = π4 , therefore (1) gives

x a yb π π 1 a 1 b r a+b−2

lim = lim r a+b−2 cosa sinb = lim r a+b−2 · √ · √ = lim √ a+b

(x,y)→(0,0) x + y

2 2 r →0+ 4 4 r →0+ 2 2 r →0+ ( 2)

Since a + b < 2, we have a + b − 2 < 0 therefore lim r a+b−2 does not exist. It follows that if a + b < 2, the given

r →0+

limit does not exist. Finally we examine the case a + b = 2. By (1) we get

x a yb

lim = lim (r 0 cosa θ sinb θ ) = lim cosa θ sinb θ = cosa θ sinb θ

(x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y 2 r →0+ r →0+

We see that the function does not approach one limit. For example, approaching the origin along the lines y = x (i.e.,

√ a+b

θ = π4 ) and y = 0 (i.e., θ = 0) gives two different limits cosa π4 sinb π4 = 22 and cosa 0 sinb 0 = 0. We conclude

that if a + b = 2, the limit does not exist.

39. x 2 + y 2maps of two functions with contour interval m = 2. Explain why the limit

Figure 8 shows the contour

f (x, y) doeslim

lim Evaluate Does lim g(x,

not exist. . y) appear to exist in (B)? If so, what is its limit?

(x,y)→P (x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y(x,y)→P

2+1−1

8 4

12

8

P P

4

0

0

4

FIGURE 8

S E C T I O N 15.2 Limits and Continuity in Several Variables (ET Section 14.2) 341

SOLUTION As (x, y) approaches arbitrarily close to P, the function f (x, y) takes the values 0, 4, and 8. Therefore

f (x, y) does not approach one limit as (x, y) → P. Rather, the limit depends on the contour along which (x, y) is

approaching P. This implies that the limit lim(x,y)→P f (x, y) does not exist. In (B) the limit lim(x,y)→P g(x, y) appears

to exist. If it exists, it must be 6, which is the level curve of P.

sin(x y)

41. Evaluate The function

lim (x,. y) =

(1 + x)fy/x is defined for x y = 0.

(x,y)→(0,2) xy

(a) Is it possible to extend the domain of f (x, y) to all of R2 so that the result is a continuous function?

(b) Use a computer algebra system to plot f (x, y). Does the result support your conclusion in (a)?

SOLUTION

(a) We define f (x, y) on the x- and y-axes by f (x, y) = 1 if x y = 0. We now show that f is continuous. f is continuous

at the points where x y = 0. We next show continuity at (x 0 , 0) (including x 0 = 0). For the points (0, y0 ), the proof is

similar and hence will be omitted. To prove continuity at P = (x 0 , 0) we have to show that

sin x y

lim f (x, y) = lim =1 (1)

(x,y)→P (x,y)→P xy

sin x y sin u

lim f (x, y) = lim = lim = 1 = f (x 0 , 0).

(x,y)→P (x,y)→(x0 ,0) xy u→0 u

x y

The graph shows that, near the axes, the values of f (x, y) are approaching 1, as shown in part (a).

x2 y xy xy

43. The function

Repeat f (x,

Exercise for=the4functions

41y) provides

f (x, y)an=interesting

andexample

g(x, y) where . as (x, y) → (0, 0) does

= 2 the 2limit

x + y2 x+y x +y

not exist, even though the limit along every line y = mx exists and is zero (Figure 9).

(a) Show that the limit along any line y = mx exists and is equal to 0.

(b) Calculate f (x, y) at the points (10−1 , 10−2 ), (10−5 , 10−10 ), (10−20 , 10−40 ). Do not use a calculator.

(c) Show that lim f (x, y) does not exist. Hint: Compute the limit along the parabola y = x 2 .

(x,y)→(0,0)

SOLUTION

2

(a) Substituting y = mx in f (x, y) = 4x y 2 , we get

x +y

x 2 · mx mx 3 mx

f (x, mx) = = = 2

x + (mx)

4 2 x (x + m )

2 2 2 x + m2

We compute the limit as x → 0 by substitution:

mx m·0

lim f (x, mx) = lim = 2 =0

x→0 x→0 x 2 + m 2 0 + m2

(b) We compute f (x, y) at the given points:

f (10−1 , 10−2 ) = = =

10−4 + 10−4 2 · 10−4 2

342 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

f (10−5 , 10−10 ) = −20 −20

= −20

=

10 + 10 2 · 10 2

10−40 · 10−40 10−80 1

f (10−20 , 10−40 ) = = =

10−80 + 10−80 2 · 10−80 2

(c) We compute the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the parabola y = x 2 (by part (b), the limit appears to be

1 ). We substitute y = x 2 in the function and compute the limit as x → 0. This gives

2

x2 · x2 x4 1 1

lim f (x, y) = lim f (x, x 2 ) = lim = lim = lim =

(x,y)→0 x→0 x→0 x 4 + (x 2 )2 x→0 2x 4 x→0 2 2

along y=x 2

However, in part (a), we showed that the limit along the lines y = mx is zero. Therefore f (x, y) does not approach one

limit as (x, y) → (0, 0), so the limit lim f (x, y) does not exist.

(x,y)→(0,0)

15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section

f (x, y) =

14.3)

x 2 + y2 if x 2 + y 2 < 1

1 if x 2 + y 2 ≥ 1

Preliminary Questions

1. Patricia derived the following incorrect formula by misapplying the Product Rule:

∂ 2 2

(x y ) = x 2 (2y) + y 2 (2x)

∂x

What was her mistake and what is the correct calculation?

SOLUTION To compute the partial derivative with respect to x, we treat y as a constant. Therefore the Constant Multiple

Rule must be used rather than the Product Rule. The correct calculation is:

∂ 2 2 ∂

(x y ) = y 2 (x 2 ) = y 2 · 2x = 2x y 2 .

∂x ∂x

∂ x+y

2. Explain why it is not necessary to use the Quotient Rule to compute . Should the Quotient Rule be used

∂ x y+1

∂ x+y

to compute ?

∂y y + 1

SOLUTION In differentiating with respect to x, y is considered a constant. Therefore in this case the Constant Multiple

Rule can be used to obtain

∂ x+y 1 ∂ 1 1

= (x + y) = ·1= .

∂x y + 1 y + 1 ∂x y+1 y+1

As for the second part, since y appears in both the numerator and the denominator, the Quotient Rule is indeed needed.

3. Which of the following partial derivatives should be evaluated without using the Quotient Rule?

∂ xy ∂ xy ∂ y2

(a) (b) (c)

∂x y + 1

2 ∂y y + 1

2 ∂x y + 1

2

SOLUTION

(a) This partial derivative does not require use of the Quotient Rule, since the Constant Multiple Rule gives

∂ xy y ∂ y y

= 2 (x) = 2 ·1= 2 .

∂ x y2 + 1 y + 1 ∂x y +1 y +1

(b) This partial derivative requires use of the Quotient Rule.

(c)

Since y is considered a constant in differentiating with respect to x, we do not need the Quotient Rule to state that

∂ y2

= 0.

∂x y + 1

2

−1 y √

4. What is f x , where f (x, y, z) = (sin yz)e z −z

3

?

SOLUTION In differentiating with respect to x, we treat y and z as constants. Therefore, the whole expression for

f (x, y, z) is treated as constant, so the derivative is zero:

∂

−1 √ y

sin yze z −z

3

= 0.

∂x

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 343

(a) f x yx (b) f yyx (c) f x yy (d) f yx x

SOLUTION f x x y involves two differentiations with respect to x and one differentiation with respect to y. Therefore, if

f satisfies the assumptions of Clairaut’s Theorem, then

f x x y = f x yx = f yx x

Exercises

1. Use the limit definition of the partial derivative to verify the formulas

∂ ∂

x y2 = y2, x y 2 = 2x y

∂x ∂y

∂ (x + h)y 2 − x y 2 x y 2 + hy 2 − x y 2 hy 2

x y 2 = lim = lim = lim = lim y 2 = y 2

∂x h→0 h h→0 h h→0 h h→0

x y 2 = lim = lim = lim

∂y k→0 k k→0 k k→0 k

k(2x y + xk)

= lim = lim (2x y + k) = 2x y + 0 = 2x y

k→0 k k→0

∂ y

3. Use the Quotient Rule to compute ∂ 2.

(x y + y)(x + y 4 ).

∂y x +

Use the Product Rule to compute

∂y

SOLUTION Using the Quotient Rule we obtain

= = =

∂y x + y (x + y) 2 (x + y) 2 (x + y)2

∂

Use theWe

SOLUTION Chain Rulethe

first find to compute ln(u 2f z+(x,

partial derivative uv).

y, z):

∂u

∂

f z (x, y, z) = (x yz) = x y

∂z

Substituting the given point we get

f z (2, 3, 1) = 2 · 3 = 6

7. The plane y = 1 intersects the surface z = x 4 + 6x y − y 4 in a certain curve (Figure 7). Find the slope of the tangent

Explain the relation between the two formulas (c is a constant)

line to this curve at the point P = (1, 1, 6).

d ∂

sin(cx) = c cos(cx), z sin(x y) = y cos(x y)

dx ∂x

x

y

SOLUTION The slope of the tangent line to the curve z = z(x, 1) = x 4 + 6x − 1, obtained by intersecting the surface

z = x 4 + 6x y − y 4 with the plane y = 1, is the partial derivative ∂∂zx (1, 1).

∂z ∂ 4

= (x + 6x y − y 4 ) = 4x 3 + 6y

∂x ∂x

∂z

m= (1, 1) = 4 · 13 + 6 · 1 = 10

∂x

344 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Determine if the partial derivatives and are positive or negative at the point P in Figure 7.

∂x ∂y 90 50

y 10

4

−50

2

C

B −10 10

0

50

90

−10

−2 A 130

−30

−4

x

−4 −2 0 2 4

FIGURE 8 Contour map of f (x, y).

SOLUTION To estimate f x we move horizontally to the next level curve in the direction of growing x, to a point A .

The change in f from A to A is the contour interval, f = 70 − 50 = 20.

50

A 70

1.25 A′

f 20

f x ( A) ≈ = = 16

x 1.25

To estimate f y we move vertically from A to a point A on the next level curve in the direction of growing y. The change

in f from A to A is f = 30 − 50 = −20.

30

A′′ 50

0.6

f −20

f y ( A) ≈ = ≈ −33.3.

y 0.6

Starting at point B, in which direction does f increase most rapidly?

SOLUTION We consider vertical lines through A, B, and C. The distance between each point A, B, C and the intersec-

tion of the vertical line with the adjacent level curves is the largest at C. It means that f y is smallest at C.

13. z = x 4 y 32

z = x + y2

SOLUTION Treating y as a constant (to find z x ) and x as a constant (to find z y ) and using Rules for Differentiation, we

get,

∂ 4 3 ∂ 4

(x y ) = y3 (x ) = y 3 · 4x 3 = 4x 3 y 3

∂x ∂x

∂ 4 3 ∂

(x y ) = x 4 (y 3 ) = x 4 · 3y 2 = 3x 4 y 2

∂y ∂y

15. V = π r 2 4h

z = x y + x y −2

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 345

V:

∂V ∂ ∂

= (π r 2 h) = π h (r 2 ) = π h · 2r = 2π hr

∂r ∂r ∂r

∂V ∂

= (π r 2 h) = π r 2

∂h ∂h

x

17. z = x

z x=− y

y

SOLUTION We differentiate with respect to x, using the Quotient Rule. We get

∂ x (x − y) ∂∂x (x) − x ∂∂x (x − y) (x − y) · 1 − x · 1 −y

= = =

∂x x−y (x − y)2 (x − y)2 (x − y)2

We now differentiate with respect to y, using the Chain Rule:

∂ x ∂ 1 −1 ∂ −1 x

=x =x· (x − y) = x · · (−1) =

∂y x − y ∂y x − y (x − y)2 ∂y (x − y)2 (x − y)2

x

19. z =

z =x 2 9+−y 2x 2 − y 2

SOLUTION We compute ∂∂zx using the Quotient Rule and the Chain Rule:

1· x 2 + y 2 − x ∂∂x x 2 + y 2 x 2 + y 2 − x · √ 2x2 2

∂z 2 x +y x 2 + y2 − x 2 y2

= 2 = = =

∂x x 2 + y2 (x 2 + y 2 )

3/2

(x 2 + y 2 )

3/2

x 2 + y2

∂z ∂ 2 2 −1/2 1 −3/2 −x y

= x (x + y ) =x· − (x 2 + y 2 ) · 2y =

∂y ∂y 2 (x + y 2 )

2 3/2

21. z =z sin(u 2

= (sinv)x)(sin y)

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule,

d dω d dω

sin ω = cos ω and sin ω = cos ω .

du du dv dv

∂ ∂

sin(u 2 v) = cos(u 2 v) (u 2 v) = cos(u 2 v) · 2uv = 2uv cos(u 2 v)

∂u ∂u

∂ ∂

sin(u 2 v) = cos(u 2 v) (u 2 v) = cos(u 2 v) · u 2 = u 2 cos(u 2 v)

∂v ∂v

x

z = tan

SOLUTION Byy the Chain Rule,

d 1 du d 1 du

tan−1 u = and tan−1 u =

dw 1+u 2 dw dz 1 + u 2 dz

Using this rule with u = wz gives

dS ∂ 1 ∂ z

= tan−1 (wz) = (wz) =

dw ∂w 1 + (wz) 2 ∂w 1 + w 2 z2

dS ∂ 1 ∂ w

= tan−1 (wz) = (wz) =

dz ∂z 1 + (wz) 2 ∂z 1 + w2 z 2

= ln(x + y)

346 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

∂z 1 ∂ 2 1 2x

= 2 (x + y 2 ) = 2 · 2x = 2

∂x x +y 2 ∂ x x +y 2 x + y2

∂z 1 ∂ 2 1 2y

= 2 (x + y 2 ) = 2 · 2y = 2

∂y x +y 2 ∂y x +y 2 x + y2

27. z = e x y r +s

W =e

SOLUTION We use the Chain Rule, ddx eu = eu du d u u du

d x ; d y e = e d y with u = x y to obtain

∂ xy ∂

e = e x y (x y) = e x y y = ye x y

∂x ∂x

∂ xy ∂

e = e x y (x y) = e x y x = xe x y

∂y ∂y

29. z = e−x −y

2 2

R = e−v /k

2

∂z ∂z

SOLUTION We use the Chain Rule to find ∂ x and ∂ y :

∂z 2 ∂

= e−x −y (−x 2 − y 2 ) = e−x −y · (−2x) = −2xe−x −y

2 2 2 2 2

∂x ∂x

∂z 2 ∂

= e−x −y (−x 2 − y 2 ) = e−x −y · (−2y) = −2ye−x −y

2 2 2 2 2

∂y ∂y

31. z = y x √

P = e y +z ∂z

2 2

SOLUTION To find ∂ y , we use the Power Rule for differentiation:

∂z

= x y x−1

∂y

∂z

= y x ln y

∂x

33. z =z sinh(x 2 y)

= cosh(3x + 2y)

d du d du

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule, d x sinh u = cosh u d x and d y sinh u = cosh u d y . We use the Chain Rule with u = x 2 y

to obtain

∂ ∂

sinh(x 2 y) = cosh(x 2 y) (x 2 y) = 2x y cosh(x 2 y)

∂x ∂x

∂ ∂

sinh(x 2 y) = cosh(x 2 y) (x 2 y) = x 2 cosh(x 2 y)

∂y ∂y

x

35. w =

w y=+x yz 2 z 3

SOLUTION We have

∂w ∂ x 1 ∂ 1

= = (x) =

∂x ∂x y+z y + z ∂x y+z

To find ∂w ∂w

∂ y and ∂z , we use the Chain Rule:

∂w ∂ 1 −1 ∂ −1 −x

=x =x· (y + z) = x · ·1=

∂y ∂y y + z (y + z)2 ∂y (y + z)2 (y + z)2

∂w ∂ 1 −1 ∂ −1 −x

=x =x· (y + z) = x · ·1=

∂z ∂z y + z (y + z)2 ∂z (y + z)2 (y + z)2

x

37. w = 2 θ 2

= r+

Q (x e y + z 2 )3/2

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 347

SOLUTION To find ∂w

∂ x , we use the Quotient Rule and the Chain Rule:

3/2 1/2

∂w 1 · (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) − x · 32 (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) · 2x (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) − x · 3x

= = (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )1/2

∂x (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )

3 (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )3

x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 3x 2 y 2 + z 2 − 2x 2

= 5/2

= 5/2

(x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )

∂ y and ∂z :

∂w ∂ 1 ∂ −3/2

=x = x (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )

∂y ∂y (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )3/2 ∂y

3 −5/2 3x y

=x· − (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) · 2y = −

5/2

2 x 2 + y2 + z2

∂w ∂ 1 ∂ −3/2

=x

= x (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )

∂z ∂z x 2 + y 2 + z 2 3/2 ∂z

3 −5/2 3x z

=x· − (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) · 2z = − 5/2

2 (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )

e−r t

39. U =A = sin(4θ − 9t)

r

SOLUTION We have

= =

∂r r 2 r2

and also

∂U −r e−r t

= = −e−r t

∂t r

f (x, y) = 3x y + 4x y − 7x y , f x (1, 4)

SOLUTION We differentiate with respect to y, using the Chain Rule. This gives

∂ 2

f y (x, y) = cos(x 2 − y) (x − y) = cos(x 2 − y) · (−1) = − cos(x 2 − y)

∂y

Evaluating at (0, π ) we obtain

2 3

x z−x z

z) =

43. h(x,g(u, z (2, g

v)e= u ln(u, + hv), 1)u (1, 2)

SOLUTION We first find the partial derivative h z (x, z) using the Chain Rule:

2 3 ∂ 2 3 2 3

h z (x, z) = e x z−x z (x z − x 2 z 3 ) = e x z−x z (x − x 2 · 3z 2 ) = (x − 3x 2 z 2 )e x z−x z

∂z

At the point (2, 1) we get

2 3

∂W ∂W

h(x, z) ∂=Ee xand

45. Calculate z−x 2 z 3 , , where W = e−E/kT .

∂ T h z (1, 0)

SOLUTION We use the Chain Rule

d u du d u du

e = eu and e = eu

dE dE dT dT

348 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

E , to obtain

with u = − kT

∂W ∂ E 1 1 −E/kT

= e−E/kT − − = e−E/kT

=− e

∂E ∂E kT kT kT

∂W ∂ E E ∂ 1 E 1 E −E/kT

= e−E/kT − = e−E/kT · − = e−E/kT − − 2 = e

∂T ∂T kT k ∂T T k T kT 2

∂V ∂V

47. TheAccording

volume oftoa right-circular

the ideal gas law, = n RT

cone PofVradius r and height

, where and=Tπ3 are

P,hVis, V r 2 h.the

Calculate and and

pressure, volume, . temperature (R

∂P ∂P ∂r ∂h

and n are We

SOLUTION constants). View

obtain the P as a function

following of V and T , and compute

derivatives: and .

∂T ∂V

∂V ∂ π 2 πh ∂ 2 πh 2π hr

= r h = r = · 2r =

∂r ∂r 3 3 ∂r 3 3

∂V

∂ π 2 π

= r h = r2

∂h ∂h 3 3

A right-circular has rof=f (x,

cone map h =y)12incm.

Figure

What9 toleads

explain

to awhy the increase

greater followinginare V ,true:

a 1-cm increase in r or 1-cm

(a) increase

f x and f in h? both

y are Arguelarger

usingatpartial

P thanderivatives.

at Q.

(b) f x (x, y) is decreasing as a function of y, that is, for any x, f x (x, b1 ) > f x (x, b2 ) if b1 < b2 .

y

20 16

14

Q

10

6

P 2

–2

x

FIGURE 9 Contour interval 2.

SOLUTION

(a) Since the vertical and horizontal lines through P meet more level curves than vertical and horizontal lines through

Q, f is increasing more rapidly in the y and x direction at P than at Q. Therefore, f x and f y are both larger at P than

at Q.

(b) For any fixed value of x, a horizontal line through (x, b2 ) meets fewer level curves than a horizontal line through

(x, b1 ), for b1 < b2 . Thus, f x is decreasing as a function of y.

Over most of the earth, aRefer to Example

magnetic compass 6 and

doesFigure 4. to true (geographic) north; instead, it points at some

not point

ρ west of

angle east∂or ∂ ρtrue north. The angle D between magnetic north and true north is called the magnetic declina-

(a) Estimate and at points B and C.

tion. Use ∂Figure

T ∂ Sto determine which of the following statements is true. Note that because of the way longitude

10

(b) Which has a greater

is measured, effect

the x-axis fromρright

on density

increases 1◦ increase in temperature or a 1-ppt increase in salinity?

at B,toa left.

(c) True∂or D more sensitive to a change in temperature

∂ D than the density of cold

> ∂D

D false: The density of warm seawater∂ is

(a) (b) > 0 (c) >0

seawater?∂y

Explain.

A ∂y B ∂x C ∂y C

SOLUTION

(d) D is 28◦ larger at A than at C.

∂ρ

(a) We estimate ∂ T at B. Since T varies in the vertical direction, we move vertically from B to a point B on the next

level curve, in the direction of increasing T (upward). The change in ρ from B to B is ρ = 1.0235 − 1.0240 =

−0.0005. The change in T from B to B is T = 2.5◦ . Hence,

∂ ρ ρ −0.0005

≈ ≈ = −2 · 10−4

∂T B T 2.5

B′

1.0235

1.0240

B

∂ρ

We now compute ∂ T |C . Following the same procedure as before, we find that

∂ ρ ρ −0.0005

≈ ≈ = −0.0002

∂ T C T 2.5

∂ρ

We now estimate ∂ S at C. Since S varies in the horizontal direction, we move horizontally from C to a point C on the

next level curve, in the direction of increasing S (to the right). The change in ρ from C to C is ρ = 1.0255 − 1.0250 =

0.0005. The change in S from C to C is S = 0.5. Hence,

∂ ρ ρ 0.0005

≈ = = 0.001.

∂ S C S 0.5

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 349

∂ρ

Finally, we now estimate ∂ S at B, using the same technique. We get

∂ ρ ρ 0.0005

≈ ≈ = 0.0008

∂ S B S 0.6

(b) The change ρ in the density as a result of a change T in temperature (where S remains unchanged), and as a

result of a change S in salinity (where T remains unchanged), can be estimated by

∂ ρ ∂ ρ

ρ ≈ T ; ρ ≈ S (1)

∂ T C ∂ S C

∂ρ ∂ρ

We substitute T = 1◦ , S = 1 ppt, ∂ T C ≈ −0.0002, and ∂ S C ≈ 0.001 (obtained in part (a)) in (1), to obtain

ρ ≈ −0.0002 for the change in temperature

ρ ≈ 0.001 for the change in salinity.

We conclude that the effect caused by the change in salinity is greater than the effect caused by the change in temperature,

at the point C.

(c) At low temperatures the vertical distances between adjacent level curves are greater than at higher temperatures. This

means that the density of cold water is less sensitive to a change in the temperature than the density of warm water. Thus,

the statement is true.

In Exercises 53–58,

Estimate the compute the derivative

partial derivatives at P indicated.

of the function whose contour map is shown in Figure 11.

∂2 f ∂2 f

53. f (x, y) = 3x 2 y − 6x y 4 , and

∂x2 ∂y 2

SOLUTION We first compute the partial derivatives ∂∂ xf and ∂∂ yf :

∂f ∂f

= 6x y − 6y 4 ; = 3x 2 − 6x · 4y 3 = 3x 2 − 24x y 3

∂x ∂y

∂2 f ∂ ∂2 f ∂

= f x = 6y; = f y = −24x · 3y 2 = −72x y 2 .

∂x2 ∂x ∂y 2 ∂y

xy ∂2g

y) =y) = x ln(y

55. g(x,f (x, , 2 ), f yy (2, 3)

x−y ∂ x ∂y

SOLUTION By definition we have

∂2g ∂ ∂g

= g yx =

∂ x∂y ∂x ∂y

∂y :

∂g ∂ y 1 · (x − y) − y · (−1) x2

=x =x =

∂y ∂y x−y (x − y)2 (x − y)2

Differentiating ∂g

∂ y with respect to x, using the Quotient Rule, we obtain

∂2g ∂ ∂g ∂ x2 2x(x − y)2 − x 2 · 2(x − y) 2x y

= = = =−

∂ x∂y ∂x ∂y ∂ x (x − y) 2 (x − y)4 (x − y)3

u

v) =

57. h(u,g(x, y) u=+x vye, −yh,uv (u,

g yyv)

(1, 0)

SOLUTION

∂

By definition h uv = ∂v ∂h . We compute ∂h using the Quotient Rule:

∂u ∂u

∂h ∂ u 1 · (u + v) − u · 1 v

= = =

∂u ∂u u + v (u + v) 2 (u + v)2

∂u with respect to υ . We obtain

h uv (u, v) = = =

∂v (u + v) 2 (u + v)4 (u + v)3

350 C H A P T E R 15

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 351

∂ ∂

fu = cos(u + v 2 ) = − sin(u + v 2 ) · (u + v 2 ) = − sin(u + v 2 )

∂u ∂u

∂

f uu = − sin(u + v 2 ) = − cos(u + v 2 )

∂u

∂

∂

f uuv = − cos(u + v 2 ) = sin(u + v 2 ) · (u + v 2 ) = 2v sin(u + v 2 )

∂v ∂v

65. F(r, s, t) = r (s 2 + t 2 ), Fr st

g(x, y, z) = x 4 y 5 z 6 , gx x yz

SOLUTION For F(r, s, t) = r (s 2 + t 2 ), we have

Fr = s 2 + t 2

Fr s = 2s

Fr st = 0

2

g(x, y, z) = x 4 y 5 z 3 , gx xxyz

x

SOLUTION Using the Chain Rule we obtain

∂ ∂ x2 −2x 1

u x = t −1/2 (e−x /4t ) = t −1/2 · e−x /4t = t −1/2 · e−x /4t · = − xt −3/2 e−x /4t

2 2 2 2

−

∂x ∂x 4t 4t 2

We now differentiate u x with respect to x, using the Product Rule and the Chain Rule:

1 ∂

−x 2 /4t 1 −2x

u x x = − t −3/2 = − t −3/2 1 · e−x /4t + x · e−x /4t ·

2 2

xe

2 ∂x 2 4t

1 x 2 −x 2 /4t 1 x2

= − t −3/2 e−x /4t − = − t −3/2 e−x /4t 1 −

2 2

e

2 2t 2 2t

69. g(x, y, z) = x 2 +uy 2 + z 2 , gx yz

R(u, v, w) = , Ruvw

v+w

SOLUTION Differentiating with respect to x, using the Chain Rule, we get

∂ 1 ∂ 2 1 x

gx = x 2 + y2 + z2 = (x + y 2 + z 2 ) = · 2x =

∂x 2 x 2 + y2 + z2 ∂ x 2 x 2 + y2 + z2 x 2 + y2 + z2

We now differentiate gx with respect to y, using the Chain Rule. This gives

∂ −1/2 1 −3/2 −x y

gx y = x (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) =x· − (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) · 2y =

∂y 2 (x + y 2 + z 2 )

2 3/2

∂ 2 2 2 −3/2 3 −5/2 3x yz

gx yz = −x y (x + y + z ) = −x y · − (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) · 2z =

∂z 2 (x + y 2 + z 2 )

2 5/2

∂f ∂f

71. Findu(x,

(byt)guessing) a function

= sech2 (x − t), usuch that = 2x y and = x 2.

xxx ∂x ∂y

SOLUTION The function f (x, y) = x 2 y satisfies ∂∂ yf = x 2 and ∂∂ xf = 2x y.

73. Assume that f x y and f yx are continuous and that f yx x exists. Show that f x yx also exists and that f yx x = f x yx .

∂f ∂f

Prove that fthere

Since does not exist any function f (x, y) such that that = x y and = x 2 . Hint: Show that f

SOLUTION x y and f yx are continuous, Clairaut’s Theorem implies

∂x ∂y

cannot satisfy Clairaut’s Theorem.

f x y = f yx (1)

∂ ∂ ∂ ∂

f yx x = fy = f yx = f x y = f x yx

∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x

Therefore, f x yx also exists and f yx x = f x yx .

Show that u(x, t) = sin(nx) e−n t satisfies the heat equation (Example 10) for any constant n:

2

352 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

75. Find all values of A and B such that f (x, t) = e Ax+Bt satisfies Eq. (3).

SOLUTION We compute the following partials, using the Chain Rule:

∂f ∂ ∂

= (e Ax+Bt ) = e Ax+Bt ( Ax + Bt) = Be Ax+Bt

∂t ∂t ∂t

∂f ∂ Ax+Bt ∂

= (e ) = e Ax+Bt ( Ax + Bt) = Ae Ax+Bt

∂x ∂x ∂x

∂2 f ∂ ∂ ∂

= ( Ae Ax+Bt ) = A (e Ax+Bt ) = Ae Ax+Bt ( Ax + Bt) = A2 e Ax+Bt

∂x2 ∂x ∂x ∂x

Substituting these partials in the differential equation (3), we get

Be Ax+Bt = A2 e Ax+Bt

B = A2

We conclude that f (x, t) = e Ax+Bt satisfies equation (5) if and only if B = A2 , where A is arbitrary.

In Exercises 76–79, the Laplace operator is defined by f = f x x + f yy . A function u(x, y) satisfying the Laplace

equation u = 0 is called harmonic.

77. FindShow

all harmonic polynomials

that the following u(x, y)are

functions degree three, that is, u(x, y) = ax 3 + bx 2 y + cx y 2 + d y 3 .

of harmonic:

SOLUTION We=compute

(a) u(x, y) x the first-order partials u x and u y and

(b) the

u(x, y) = e x cos partials

second-order y u x x and u yy of the given

polynomial u(x, y). This gives

y

(c) u(x, y) = tan−1 (d) u(x, y) = ln(x 2 + y 2 )

x

u x = 3ax + 2bx y + cy 2

2

u y = bx 2 + 2cx y + 3d y 2

u x x = 6ax + 2by

u yy = 2cx + 6d y

This equality holds for all x and y if and only if the coefficients of x and y are both zero. That is, 6a + 2c = 0 (so

c = −3a) and 2b + 6d = 0 (so b = −3d). We conclude that the harmonic polynomials in the given form are

u(x, y) = ax 3 − 3d x 2 y − 3ax y 2 + d y 3

∂u ∂u

Show that if u(x, y) is harmonic, then the partial derivatives and are harmonic.

SOLUTION To determine if the functions cos(ax)eby are harmonic,∂ we ∂y the following derivatives:

x compute

(eby ) = beby ⇒ (eby ) = b2 eby = a 2 eby

∂2

ux x = cos(ax)eby = −a 2 cos(ax)eby = −a 2 u

∂x2

∂2

u yy = cos(ax)eby = b2 cos(ax)eby = b2 u

∂y 2

Show

Further t) = Challenges

that u(x,and

Insights

2

sech (x − t) satisfies the Korteweg–deVries equation (which arises in the study of water

waves)

81. Assumptions Matter This exercise shows that the hypotheses of Clairaut’s Theorem are needed. Let

x 2 − y2 t +=u x0.x x + 12uu x = 0

4u0)

f (x, y) = x y 2 for (x, y) = (0, 0) and f (0,

x + y2

S E C T I O N 15.3 Partial Derivatives (ET Section 14.3) 353

(a) Use a computer algebra system to verify the following formulas for (x, y) = (0, 0):

y(x 4 + 4x 2 y 2 − y 4 )

f x (x, y) =

(x 2 + y 2 )2

x(x 4 − 4x 2 y 2 − y 4 )

f y (x, y) =

(x 2 + y 2 )2

(b) Use the limit definition of the partial derivative to show that f x (0, 0) = f y (0, 0) = 0 and that f yx (0, 0) and f x y (0, 0)

both exist but are not equal.

(c) Use a computer algebra system to show that for (x, y) = (0, 0):

x 6 + 9x 4 y 2 − 9x 2 y 4 − y 6

f x y (x, y) = f yx (x, y) =

(x 2 + y 2 )3

Show that f x y is not continuous at (0, 0). Hint: Show that lim f x y (h, 0) = lim f x y (0, h).

h→0 h→0

(d) Explain why the result of (b) does not contradict Clairaut’s Theorem.

SOLUTION

(a) We use a CAS to verify the following partials for (x, y) = (0, 0):

y(x 4 + 4x 2 y 2 − y 4 )

f x (x, y) = 2

(x 2 + y 2 )

x(x 4 − 4x 2 y 2 − y 4 )

f y (x, y) = 2

(x 2 + y 2 )

(b) Using the limit definition of the partial derivatives at the point (0, 0) we have

h · 0 h 2 −02 − 0

2 2

f (h, 0) − f (0, 0) h +0 0

f x (0, 0) = lim = lim = lim =0

h→0 h h→0 h h→0 h

0 · k 02 −k 2 − 0

2 2

f (0, k) − f (0, 0) 0 +k 0

f y (0, 0) = lim = lim = lim = 0

k→0 k k→0 k k→0 k

We now use the derivatives in part (a) and the limit definition of the partial derivatives to compute f yx (0, 0) and f x y (0, 0).

By the formulas in part (a), we have

h(h 4 − 0 − 0)

f y (0, 0) = 0, f y (h, 0) = 2

=h

(h 2 + 0)

k(0 + 0 − k 4 )

f x (0, 0) = 0, f x (0, k) = 2

= −k

(02 + k 2 )

Thus,

∂ f y (h, 0) − f y (0, 0) h−0

f yx (0, 0) = f y = lim = lim = lim 1 = 1

∂x (0,0) h→0 h h→0 h h→0

∂ f x (0, k) − f x (0, 0) −k − 0

f x y (0, 0) = f x = lim = lim = lim (−1) = −1

∂y (0,0) k→0 k k→0 k k→0

We see that the mixed partials at the point (0, 0) exist but are not equal.

(c) We verify, using a CAS, that for (x, y) = (0, 0) the following derivatives hold:

x 6 + 9x 4 y 2 − 9x 2 y 4 − y 6

f x y (x, y) = f yx (x, y) = 3

(x 2 + y 2 )

To show that f x y is not continuous at (0, 0), we show that the limit lim(x,y)→(0,0) f x y (x, y) does not exist. We compute

the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the x-axis. Along this axis, y = 0; hence,

h 6 + 9h 4 · 0 − 9h 2 · 0 − 0

lim f x y (x, y) = lim f x y (h, 0) = lim 3

= lim 1 = 1

(x,y)→(0,0) h→0 h→0 (0 + h 2 ) h→0

along the x -axis

We compute the limit as (x, y) approaches the origin along the y-axis. Along this axis, x = 0, hence,

0 + 0 + 0 − h6

lim f x y (x, y) = lim f x y (0, h) = lim 3

= lim (−1) = −1

(x,y)→(0,0) h→0 h→0 (0 + h 2 ) h→0

along the y -axis

354 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Since the limits are not equal f (x, y) does not approach one value as (x, y) → (0, 0), hence the limit

lim f x y (x, y) does not exist, and f x y (x, y) is not continuous at the origin.

(x,y)→(0,0)

(d) The result of part (b) does not contradict Clairaut’s Theorem since f x y is not continuous at the origin. The continuity

of the mixed derivative is essential in Clairaut’s Theorem.

15.4 Differentiability, Linear Approximation, and Tangent Planes (ET Section 14.4)

Preliminary Questions

1. How is the linearization of f (x, y) at (a, b) defined?

SOLUTION The linearization of f (x, y) at (a, b) is the linear function

This function is the equation of the tangent plane to the surface z = f (x, y) at a, b, f (a, b) .

2. Define local linearity for functions of two variables.

SOLUTION f (x, y) is locally linear at (a, b) if the linear approximation L(x, y) at (a, b) approximates f (x, y) at

(a, b) to first order. That is, if there exists a function (x, y) satisfying lim (x, y) = 0 such that

(x,y)→(a,b)

f (x, y) − L(x, y) = (x, y) (x − a)2 + (y − b)2

(a) L(x, y) = 8 + 5x + 7y

(b) L(x, y) = 8 + 5(x − 2) + 7(y − 3)

SOLUTION The linearization of f at (2, 3) is the following linear function:

That is,

4. Estimate f (2, 3.1).

SOLUTION We use the linear approximation

5. Estimate f at (2, 3) if x = −0.3 and y = 0.2.

SOLUTION The change in f can be estimated by the linear approximation as follows:

f ≈ f x (2, 3) · (−0.3) + f y (2, 3) · 0.2

or

6. Which theorem allows us to conclude that f (x, y) = x 3 y 8 is differentiable?

SOLUTION The function f (x, y) = x 3 y 8 is a polynomial, hence f x (x, y) and f y (x, y) exist and are continuous.

Therefore the Criterion for Differentiability implies that f is differentiable everywhere.

S E C T I O N 15.4 Differentiability, Linear Approximation, and Tangent Planes (ET Section 14.4) 355

Exercises

1. Let f (x, y) = x 2 y 3 .

(a) Find the linearization of f at (a, b) = (2, 1).

(b) Use the linear approximation to estimate f (2.01, 1.02) and f (1.97, 1.01), and compare your estimates with the

values obtained using a calculator.

SOLUTION

(a) We compute the value of the function and its partial derivatives at (a, b) = (2, 1):

f (x, y) = x 2 y 3 f (2, 1) = 4

f x (x, y) = 2x y 3 ⇒ f x (2, 1) = 4

f y (x, y) = 3x 2 y 2 f y (2, 1) = 12

f (x, y) ≈ 4 + 4(x − 2) + 12(y − 1) = −16 + 4x + 12y

(b) For h = x − 2 and k = y − 1 we have the following form of the linear approximation at (a, b) = (2, 1):

f = f (2.03, 0.9) − f (2, 1).

Write the linear approximation to f (x, y) = x(1 + y) at (a, b) = (8, 1) in the form

SOLUTION We compute the function and its partial derivatives at (a, b) = (2, 1):

f (a + h, b + k) ≈ f (a, b) + f x (a, b)h + f y (a, b)k

f (x, y) = x 3 y −4 f (2, 1) = 8

Use it to estimate 7.98/2.02 and compare the estimate with the value obtained using a calculator.

f x (x, y) = 3x 2 y −4 ⇒ f x (2, 1) = 12

f ≈ 3.56

2

5. UseAssume

the linear f (3, 2) = 2,of ffx (x,

thatapproximation y) =

(3, 2) = e−1, and f y (3, 2) = 3. Use the linear approximation to estimate

obtained using

f (3.1, 1.8).a calculator.

SOLUTION The linear approximation of f at the point (0, 0) is

We first must compute f and its partial derivative at the point (0, 0). Using the Chain Rule we obtain

f (x, y) = e x +y

2

f (0, 0) = e0 = 1

f x (x, y) = 2xe x +y

2

⇒ f x (0, 0) = 2 · 0 · e0 = 0

f y (x, y) = e x +y

2

f y (0, 0) = e0 = 1

356 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

2

7. Use Eq. (3) to find an equation of the tangent plane to the graph of f (x, y) = 2x 2 − 4x y 2 at the point (−1, 2).

x2

Let f (x,

SOLUTION = 2 of .the

They)equation Usetangent

the linear at the point (−1,

approximation

plane at an2,appropriate

18) is point (a, b) to estimate f (4.01, 0.98).

y +1

z = f (−1, 2) + f x (−1, 2)(x + 1) + f y (−1, 2)(y − 2) (1)

We compute the function and its partial derivatives at the point (−1, 2):

f (x, y) = 2x 2 − 4x y 2 f (−1, 2) = 18

f y (x, y) = −8x y f y (−1, 2) = 16

Substituting in (1) we obtain the following equation of the tangent plane:

That is,

xy

9. Find the linear approximation to f (x, y, z) = at the point (2, 1, 2).

Let f (x, y) = e x/y and P = (2, 1, e2 ). z

(a) Find an

SOLUTION Theequation of the tangent to

linear approximation plane

f attothe

thepoint

graph (x,is:y) at P.

(2,of1,f2)

(b) Plot f (x, y) and the tangent plane at P on the same screen to illustrate local linearity.

f (x, y, z) ≈ f (2, 1, 2) + f x (2, 1, 2)(x − 2) + f y (2, 1, 2)(y − 1) + f z (2, 1, 2)(z − 2) (1)

xy

f (x, y, z) = f (2, 1, 2) = 1

z

y 1

f x (x, y, z) = ⇒ f x (2, 1, 2) =

z 2

x

f y (x, y, z) = f y (2, 1, 2) = 1

z

xy 1

f z (x, y, z) = − 2 f z (2, 1, 2) = −

z 2

We substitute these values in (1) to obtain the following linear approximation:

xy 1 1

≈ 1 + (x − 2) + 1 · (y − 1) − (z − 2)

z 2 2

xy 1 1

≈ x+y− z

z 2 2

In Exercises 11–18,

Assume that find

f (1,an

0,equation

0) = −3,off xthe

(1,tangent

0, 0) =plane

−2, fat the given point.

y (1, 0, 0) = 4, and f z (1, 0, 0) = 2. Use the linear approxima-

tion to estimate f (1.02, 0.01,

11. f (x, y) = x 2 y + x y 3 , (2, 1) −0.03).

f (x, y) = x 2 y + x y 3 f (2, 1) = 6

f x (x, y) = 2x y + y 3 ⇒ f x (2, 1) = 5

f y (x, y) = x 2 + 3x y 2 f y (2, 1) = 10

We now substitute these values in (1) to obtain the following equation of the tangent plane:

That is,

z = 5x + 10y − 14.

S E C T I O N 15.4 Differentiability, Linear Approximation, and Tangent Planes (ET Section 14.4) 357

f (x, y) = √ , (4, 4)

SOLUTION The equationy of the tangent plane at (4, 1) is

f (x, y) = x 2 + y −2 f (4, 1) = 17

f x (x, y) = 2x ⇒ f x (4, 1) = 8

G(u, w) = sin(uw), ( 6 , 1)

SOLUTION The equation of the tangent plane at (2, 1) is

1

f s (r, s) = − r 2 s −3/2 − 3s −4 f s (2, 1) = −5

2

We substitute these values in (1) to obtain the following equation of the tangent plane:

z = 5 + 4(r − 2) − 5(s − 1) = 4r − 5s + 2.

17. f (x, y) = e x ln st

y, (0, 1)

H (s, t) = se , (0, 0)

SOLUTION The equation of the tangent plane at (0, 1) is

f (x, y) = e x ln y f (0, 1) = 0

f x (x, y) = e x ln y ⇒ f x (0, 1) = 0

ex

f y (x, y) = f y (0, 1) = 1

y

Substituting in (1) gives the following equation of the tangent plane:

z = 0 + 0x + 1(y − 1) = y − 1

That is, z = y − 1.

19. Find the points on 2the graph of z = 3x 2 − 4y 2 at which the vector n = 3, 2, 2 is normal to the tangent plane.

f (x, y) = ln(x + y 2 ), (1, 1)

SOLUTION The equation of the tangent plane at the point a, b, f (a, b) on the graph of z = f (x, y) is

or

v = f x (a, b), f y (a, b), −1

f x (x, y) = 6x ⇒ f x (a, b) = 6a

f y (x, y) = −8y ⇒ f y (a, b) = −8b

358 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Therefore, the vector v = 6a, −8b, −1 is normal to the tangent plane at (a, b). Since we want n = 3, 2, 2 to be

normal to the plane, the vectors v and n must be parallel. That is, the following must hold:

6a −8b 1

= =−

3 2 2

2

1 2 1 1

z =3· − −4 =

4 8 8

The point on the graph at which the vector n = 3, 2, 2 is normal to the tangent plane is − 14 , 18 , 18 .

y at the graph of f (x, y) = x 2 + 3x y + y together with the tangent plane

Find the points on the graph

at (x, y) = (1, 1) on the same screen.of z = x which the tangent plane is parallel to 5x − 2y + 12 z = 0.

z = 5 + 5(x − 1) + 4(1, 1)(y − 1)

z = 5x + 4y − 4

20

15

10

−1 5

0 1

3

Suppose that the plane tangent to the surface z = f (x, y) at (−2, 3, 4) has equation z + 4x + 2y = 2. Estimate

f (−2.1, 3.1). f (1, 2) = 10, f (1.1, 2.01) = 10.3, f (1.04, 2.1) = 9.7

Find an approximation to the equation of the tangent plane to the graph of f at (1, 2, 10).

SOLUTION The equation of the tangent plane at the point (1, 2) is

z = 10 + f x (1, 2)(x − 1) + f y (1, 2)(y − 2) (1)

Since the values of the partial derivatives at (1, 2) are not given, we approximate them as follows:

f (1.1, 2) − f (1, 2) f (1.1, 2.01) − f (1, 2)

f x (1, 2) ≈ ≈ =3

0.1 0.1

f (1, 2.1) − f (1, 2)

f y (1, 2) ≈

0.1

S E C T I O N 15.4 Differentiability, Linear Approximation, and Tangent Planes (ET Section 14.4) 359

SOLUTION The number (2.01)3 (1.02)2 is a value of the function f (x, y) = x 3 y 2 . We use the linear approximation at

(2, 1), which is

We compute the value of the function and its partial derivatives at (2, 1):

f (x, y) = x 3 y 2 f (2, 1) = 8

f x (x, y) = 3x 2 y 2 ⇒ f x (2, 1) = 12

f y (x, y) = 2x 3 y f y (2, 1) = 16

Substituting these values and h = 0.01, k = 0.02 in (1) gives the approximation

The value given by a calculator is 8.4487. The error is 0.0087 and the percentage error is

0.0087 · 100

Percentage error ≈ = 0.103%

8.4487

27. 3.012 + 3.992

4.1/7.9

SOLUTION This is a value of the function f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 . We use the linear approximation at the point (3, 4),

which is

f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 f (3, 4) = 5

2x x 3

f x (x, y) = = ⇒ f x (3, 4) =

2 x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2 5

2y y 4

f y (x, y) = = f y (3, 4) =

2 x +y

2 2 x + y2

2 5

Substituting these values and h = 0.01, k = −0.01 in (1) gives the following approximation:

3 4

3.012 + 3.992 ≈ 5 + · 0.01 + · (−0.01) = 4.998

5 5

The value given by a calculator is 3.012 + 3.992 ≈ 4.99802. The error is 0.00002 and the percentage error is at most

0.00002 · 100

Percentage error ≈ = 0.0004002%

4.99802

√

29. (1.9)(2.02)(4.05)

0.982 √

SOLUTION 3 We use the linear approximation of the function f (x, y, z) = x yz at the point (2, 2, 4), which is

2.01 + 1

f (2 + h, 2 + k, 4 + l) ≈ f (2, 2, 4) + f x (2, 2, 4)h + f y (2, 2, 4)k + f z (2, 2, 4)l (1)

We compute the values of the function and its partial derivatives at (2, 2, 4):

√

f (x, y, z) = x yz f (2, 2, 4) = 4

yz 1 yz

f x (x, y, z) = √ = ⇒ f x (2, 2, 4) = 1

2 x yz 2 x

xz 1 xz

f y (x, y, z) = √ = f y (2, 2, 4) = 1

2 x yz 2 y

xy 1 xy 1

f z (x, y, z) = √ = f z (2, 2, 4) =

2 x yz 2 z 2

Substituting these values and h = −0.1, k = 0.02, l = 0.05 in (1) gives the following approximation:

1

(1.9)(2.02)(4.05) = 4 + 1 · (−0.1) + 1 · 0.02 + (0.05) = 3.945

2

360 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

(1.9)(2.02)(4.05) ≈ 3.9426

31. Estimate f (2.1, 3.8) given that f (2, 4) = 5, f x (2, 4) = 0.3, and f y (2, 4) = −0.2.

8.01

SOLUTION√ We use the linear approximation of f at the point (2, 4), which is

(1.99)(2.01)

f (2 + h, 4 + k) ≈ f (2, 4) + f x (2, 4)h + f y (2, 4)k

Substituting the given values and h = 0.1, k = −0.2 we obtain the following approximation:

33. Suppose that (W, H ) = (34, 1.3) and W increases to 35. Use the linear approximation to estimate the increase in H

A boy has weight W = 34 kg and height H = 1.3. Use the linear approximation to estimate the change in I if

required to keep I constant.

(W, H ) changes to (36, 1.32).

W

SOLUTION The linear approximation of I = 2 at the point (34, 1.3) is:

H

∂I ∂I

I = I (34 + h, 1.3 + k) − I (34, 1.3) ≈ (34, 1.3)h + (34, 1.3)k (1)

∂W ∂H

In the earlier exercise, we found that

∂I ∂I

(34, 1.3) = 0.5917, (34, 1.3) = −30.9513

∂W ∂H

We substitute these derivatives and h = 1 in (1), equate the resulting expression to zero and solve for k. This gives:

I ≈ 0.5917 · 1 − 30.9513 · k = 0

0.5917 = 30.9513k ⇒ k = 0.0191

That is, for an increase in weight of 1 kg, the increase in height must be approximately 0.0191 meters (or 1.91 centimeters)

in order to keep I constant.

35. The volume of a cylinder of radius r and height h is V = π r 2 h.

(a) Show that I ≈ 0 if H/W ≈ H/2W .

(a) Use the linear approximation to show that

(b) Suppose that (W, H ) = (25, 1.1). What increase in H will leave I (approximately) constant if W is increased

by 1 kg? V 2r h

≈ +

V r h

(b) Calculate the percentage increase in V if r and h are each increased by 2%.

(c) The volume of a certain cylinder V is determined by measuring r and h. Which will lead to a greater error in V : a

1% error in r or a 1% error in h?

SOLUTION

(a) The linear approximation is

V ≈ Vr r + Vh h (1)

∂ 2

Vr = π h r = 2π hr

∂r

∂

Vh = π r 2 h = π r 2

∂h

Substituting in (1) gives

V ≈ 2π hr r + π r 2 h

We divide by V = π r 2 h to obtain

V 2π hr r π r 2 h 2π hr r π r 2 h 2r h

≈ + = + = +

V V V πr 2h πr 2h r h

That is,

V 2r h

≈ +

V r h

S E C T I O N 15.4 Differentiability, Linear Approximation, and Tangent Planes (ET Section 14.4) 361

V r h

· 100 ≈ 2 · 100 + · 100

V r h

r · 100 = 2 and h · 100 = 2, hence the percentage increase in V is

V

· 100 = 2 · 2 + 2 = 6%

V

(c) The percentage error in V is

V r h

· 100 = 2 · 100 + · 100

V r h

r · 100 = 1. Assuming that there is no error in h, we get

V

· 100 = 2 · 1 + 0 = 2%

V

A 1% in h implies that h

h · 100 = 1. Assuming that there is no error in r , we get

V

· 100 = 0 + 1 = 1%

V

We conclude that a 1% error in r leads to a greater error in V than a 1% error in h.

37. The monthly payment for a home loan is given by a function f (P, r, N ), where P is the principal (the initial size

Use the

of the loan), linear

r the approximation

interest rate, and Ntothe

show thatof

length if the x a y in

I =loan b , then

months. Interest rates are expressed as a decimal: A 6%

interest rate is denoted by r = 0.06. If P = $100,000, I r =

x 0.06, and N = 240 (a 20-year loan), then the monthly

y

payment is f (100,000, 0.06, 240) = 716.43. Furthermore, ≈ awith these

+ b values, we have

I x y

∂f ∂f ∂f

= 0.0071, = 5,769, = −1.5467

∂P ∂r ∂N

Estimate:

(a) The change in monthly payment per $1,000 increase in loan principal.

(b) The change in monthly payment if the interest rate increases to r = 6.5% and r = 7%.

(c) The change in monthly payment if the length of the loan increases to 24 years.

SOLUTION

(a) The linear approximation to f (P, r, N ) is

∂f ∂f ∂f

f ≈ P + r + N

∂P ∂r ∂N

We are given that ∂∂ Pf = 0.0071, ∂∂rf = 5769, ∂∂Nf = −1.5467, and P = 1000. Assuming that r = 0 and N = 0,

we get

The change in monthly payment per thousand dollar increase in loan principal is $7.1.

(b) By the given data, we have

The interest rate 6.5% corresponds to r = 0.065, and the interest rate 7% corresponds to r = 0.07. In the first case

r = 0.065 − 0.06 = 0.005 and in the second case r = 0.07 − 0.06 = 0.01. Substituting in (1), assuming that

P = 0 and N = 0, gives

f = 5769 · 0.01 = $57.69

f ≈ −1.5467 · 48 = −74.2416

39. The volume V of a cylinder is computed using the values 3.5 m for diameter and 6.2 m for height. Use the linear

Automobile traffic passes a point P on a road of width w ft at an average rate of R vehicles per second. The

approximation to estimate the maximum error in V if each of these values has a possible error of at mostRt 5%.

arrival of automobiles is irregular, however, and traffic engineers have found that the formula T = te gives a good

model for the average waiting time T until there is a gap in traffic of at least t seconds. A pedestrian walking at a

speed of 3.5 ft/s (5.1 mph) requires t = w/3.5 s to cross the road. Therefore, the average time the pedestrian will

362 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION We denote by d and h the diameter and height of the cylinder, respectively. By the Formula for the Volume

of a Cylinder we have

2

d π

V =π h = d2h

2 4

The linear approximation is

∂V ∂V

V ≈ d + h (1)

∂d ∂h

We compute the partial derivatives at (d, h) = (3.5, 6.2):

∂V π π ∂V

(d, h) = h · 2d = hd (3.5, 6.2) ≈ 34.086

∂d 4 2 ∂d

⇒

∂V π 2 ∂V

(d, h) = d (3.5, 6.2) = 9.621

∂h 4 ∂h

Substituting these derivatives in (1) gives

We are given that the errors in the measurements of d and h are at most 5%. Hence,

d

= 0.05 ⇒ d = 0.175

3.5

h

= 0.05 ⇒ h = 0.31

6.2

Substituting in (2) we obtain

V · 100 8.948 · 100

= π = 15%

4 · 3.5 · 6.2

V 2

41. Assume that f (0) = 0. By the discussion in this section, f (x) is differentiable at x = 0 if there is a constant M such

Show that if f (x, y) is differentiable

at (a, b), then the function of one variable f (x, b) is differentiable at x = a.

that

Use this to prove that f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 is not differentiable at (0, 0).

f (h) = Mh + h(h) 7

h→0

(a) Use this definition to verify that f (x) = 1/(x + 1) is differentiable with M = −1 and E(h) = h/(h + 1).

(b) Use this definition to verify that f (x) = x 3/2 is differentiable with M = 0.

(c)

√ Show that f (x) = x 1/2 is not differentiable at x = 0 by showing that if M is any constant, and if we write

h = Mh + h(h), then the function (h) does not approach zero as h → 0.

SOLUTION

(a) We define the function

1 −x

F(x) = f (x) − 1 = −1=

x +1 x +1

Then F(0) = 0, and F is differentiable at x = 0 if and only if f is differentiable at x = 0. We show that the definition

(7) is satisfied by F. Differentiating F gives

d 1 −1

F (x) = −1 = ⇒ M = F (0) = −1

dx x + 1 (x + 1)2

h satisfies lim E(h) = 0, and the following equality holds:

The function E(h) = h+1

h→0

h −h(h + 1) + h 2 −h

Mh + h E(h) = −1 · h + h · = = = F(h)

h+1 h+1 h+1

That is, F(x) is differentiable at x = 0, hence also f (x) is differentiable at x = 0.

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 363

3 1/2

f (x) = x ⇒ M = f (0) = 0

2

We define the function E(h) by

f (h) h 3/2

E(h) = = = h 1/2

h h

Then lim E(h) = 0 and equality (7) holds, since

h→0

(c) We show that f (x) = x 1/2 is not differentiable at x = 0, by showing that for any constant M, the function E(h)

defined by Eq. (7) does not approach zero as h → 0. For f (h) = h 1/2 , Eq. (7) becomes

√

h = Mh + h E(h)

√

h − Mh = h E(h)

√

h − Mh 1

E(h) = = √ −M

h h

As h →√0+ , E(h) is increasing without bound, therefore E(h) does not approach zero as h → 0. We conclude that

f (x) = x is not differentiable at x = 0.

Assumptions Matter Recall that if f (x, y) is differentiable at (a, b), then the partial derivatives f x (a, b) and

f y (a, b) exist. This exercise shows that the mere existence of f x (a, b) and f y (a, b) does not imply f (x, y) is

15.5 The Gradient and Directional 2x y(x + y)Derivatives (ET Section 14.5)

differentiable. Define g(x, y) = for (x, y) = 0 and g(0, 0) = 0.

x +y

2 2

Preliminary

(a) Prove that Questions

|g(x, y)| ≤ |x + y|. Hint: Use the inequality

1. Which of the following is a possible value of the gradient ∇ f of a function f (x, y) of two variables?

(a) 5 (b) 3, 4 (x ± y)2 ≥ 0 (c) 3, 4, 5

SOLUTION The gradient 2x y of f (x, y) is a vector with two components, hence the possible value of the gradient ∇ f =

to show that 2 ≤ 1.

∂f ∂f + y2

∂ x , ∂ y is (b).

x

(b) Use (a) to show that g(x, y) is continuous at (0, 0).

2. True or false: A differentiable function increases at the rate ∇ f P in the direction of ∇ f P ?

(c) Use the limit definitions to show that gx (0, 0) and g y (0, 0) exist and both are equal to zero.

SOLUTION The statement is true. The value ∇ f P is the rate of increase of f in the direction ∇ f P .

(d) Show that if a function f (x, y) is locally linear at (0, 0) and f (0, 0) = 0, then f (h, h)/ h approaches 0 as

3. Describe

h → 0. Show the twothatmain

g(x,geometric

y) does notproperties

have thisof the gradient

property ∇ f . is not differentiable at (0, 0).

and hence

SOLUTION

(e) Explain Thewhy gx (x,ofy)fand

gradient g y (x,

points in the direction

y) cannot of be

both maximum

continuousrateatof(0,

increase of f since

0). In fact, and isg(x,

normaly) istosymmetric

the level curve

in x

(or surface) of f partial

and y, both . derivatives are discontinuous at (0, 0).

(f) Show

4. Express thedirectly

partialthat

derivativelim∂ f asgxa(x, y) does not

directional exist byDverifying

derivative that gx (x,vector

u f for some unit

0) = u.

0 for x = 0 and gx (0, y) = 2

(x,y)→(0,0)

∂x

for y = 0. ∂f

SOLUTION The partial derivative ∂ x is the following limit:

∂f f (a + t, b) − f (a, b)

(a, b) = lim

∂x t→0 t

Considering the unit vector i = 1, 0, we find that

∂f f (a + t · 1, b + t · 0) − f (a, b)

(a, b) = lim = Di f (a, b)

∂x t→0 t

We see that the partial derivative ∂∂ xf can be viewed as a directional derivative in the direction of i.

5. You are standing at point where the temperature gradient vector is pointing in the northeast (NE) direction. In which

direction(s) should you walk to avoid a change in temperature?

(a) NE (b) NW (c) SE (d) SW

SOLUTION The rate of change of the temperature T at a point P in the direction of a unit vector u, is the directional

derivative Du T (P), which is given by the formula

Du T (P) = ∇ f P cos θ

To avoid a change in temperature, we must choose the direction u so that Du T (P) = 0, that is, cos θ = 0, so θ = π2 or

θ = 32π . Since the gradient at P is pointing NE, we should walk NW or SE to avoid a change in temperature. Thus, the

answer is (b) and (c).

364 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

NW NE

∇T(P)

W E

P

SE

6. What is the rate of change of f (x, y) at (0, 0) in the direction making an angle of 45◦ with the x-axis if ∇ f (0, 0) =

2, 4?

√ √

SOLUTION By the formula for directional derivatives, and using the unit vector 1/ 2, 1/ 2 , we get 2, 4 ·

√ √ √ √

1/ 2, 1/ 2 = 6/ 2 = 3 2.

Exercises

1. Let f (x, y) = x y 2 and c(t) = ( 12 t 2 , t 3 ).

(a) Calculate ∇ f · c (t).

d

(b) Use the Chain Rule for Paths to evaluate f (c(t)) at t = 1 and t = −1.

dt

SOLUTION

∂f ∂f

= y2, = 2x y

∂x ∂y

The gradient vector is thus

∇ f = y 2 , 2x y .

Also,

1 2 3

c (t) = t , t = t, 3t 2

2

∇ f · c (t) = y 2 , 2x y · t, 3t 2 = y 2 t + 6x yt 2 .

d d 1 2 6 d 1 8

f (c(t)) = t ·t = t = 4t 7

dt dt 2 dt 2

d 1

f (c(t)) = t 6 · t + 2 · t 2 · 3 · t 3 · t 2 = 4t 7

dt 2

At the point t = 1 and t = −1, we get

d d

( f (c(t))) = 4 · 17 = 4, ( f (c(t))) = 4 · (−1)7 = −4.

dt t=1 dt t=−1

Letd f (x, y) = e and c(t) = (t 3 , 1 + t).

(a) Find f (c(t))

(a) Calculate f and cmaking

∇ without (t). any calculations. Explain.

dt

(b) Verify

(b) Useyour

the answer to (a)for

Chain Rule using thetoChain

Paths Rule.d f (c(t)) as ∇ f · c (t).

calculate

dt

SOLUTION

(c) Write out the composite f (c(t)) as a function of t and differentiate. Check that the result agrees with (b).

(a) The level curves of f (x, y) are the circles x 2 + y 2 = c2 . Since c(t) is a parametrization of the unit circle, f has

constant value 1 on c. That is, f (c(t)) = 1, which implies that dt d f (c(t)) = 0.

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 365

(b) We now find dt

d ∂ f dx ∂ f dy

f (c(t)) = + (1)

dt ∂ x dt ∂y dt

We compute the derivatives involved in (1):

∂f ∂ 2 ∂f ∂ 2

= x + y 2 = 2x, = x + y 2 = 2y

∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y

dx d dy d

= (cos t) = − sin t, = (sin t) = cos t

dt dt dt dt

Substituting the derivatives in (1) gives

d

f (c(t)) = 2x(− sin t) + 2y cos t

dt

Finally, we substitute x = cos t and y = sin t to obtain

d

f (c(t)) = −2 cos t sin t + 2 sin t cos t = 0.

dt

In Exercises

Figure5–8,

16 calculate

shows thethe gradient.

level curves of a function f (x, y) and a path c(t), traversed in the direction indicated. State

d

f (x, y) =

5. whether thecos(x 2 + y) f (c(t)) is positive, negative, or zero at points A–D.

derivative

dt

SOLUTION We find the partial derivatives using the Chain Rule:

∂f ∂

= − sin x 2 + y x 2 + y = −2x sin x 2 + y

∂x ∂x

∂f ∂

= − sin x 2 + y x 2 + y = − sin x 2 + y

∂y ∂y

The gradient vector is thus

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = −2x sin x 2 + y , − sin x 2 + y = − sin x 2 + y 2x, 1

∂ x ∂y

7. h(x, y, z) = x yz −3

x

g(x, y) = 2

SOLUTION We computex + y 2 the partial derivatives of h(x, y, z) = x yz −3 , obtaining

∂h ∂h ∂h

= yz −3 , = x z −3 , = x y · −3z −4 = −3x yz −4

∂x ∂y ∂z

The gradient vector is thus

∂h ∂h ∂h

∇h = , , = yz −3 , x z −3 , −3x yz −4 .

∂ x ∂y ∂z

r (x, y, z, w) =the yw d

In Exercises 9–20, use x zeChain Rule to calculate f (c(t)).

dt

9. f (x, y) = 3x − 7y, c(t) = (cos t, sin t), t =0

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule for paths, we have

d

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

We compute the gradient and the derivative c (t):

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = 3, −7 , c (t) = − sin t, cos t

∂ x ∂y

We determine these vectors at t = 0:

366 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

d

f (c(t)) = 3, −7 · 0, 1 = 0 − 7 = −7

dt t=0

f (x, y) = 3x − 7y, c(t) = (t , t 3 ), t = 2

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule For Paths we have

d

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

We compute the gradient and c (t):

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = 2x − 3y, −3x

∂ x ∂y

c (t) = − sin t, cos t

c (0) = − sin 0, cos 0 = 0, 1

∇ f = ∇ f (1,0) = 2 · 1 − 3 · 0, −3 · 1 = 2, −3

c(0)

d

f (c(t)) = 2, −3 · 0, 1 = −3

dt t=0

f (x, y) = x − 3x y, c(t) = (cos t, sin t), t = π2

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule for Paths we have

d

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

We compute the gradient and c (t):

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = y cos(x y), x cos(x y)

∂ x ∂y

c (t) = 2e2t , 3e3t

c(0) = e0 , e0 = (1, 1)

c (0) = 2e0 , 3e0 = 2, 3

d

f (c(t)) = cos 1, cos 1 · 2, 3 = 5 cos 1

dt t=0

f (x, y) = cos(y − x), c(t) = (e , e ), t = ln 3

SOLUTION We compute the gradient and c (t):

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = 1 − y, −x

∂ x ∂y

c (t) = (2t, 2t − 4)

c(4) = 42 , 42 − 4 · 4 = (16, 0)

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 367

c (4) = 2 · 4, 2 · 4 − 4 = 8, 4

∇ f c(4) = ∇ f (16,0) = 1 − 0, −16 = 1, −16

We now use the Chain Rule for Paths to compute the following derivative:

d

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c(4) · c (4) = 1, −16 · 8, 4 = 8 − 64 = −56

dt t=4

f (x, y) = xe , c(t) = (t , t 2 − 4t), t = 04

SOLUTION We compute the gradient and c (t):

∂f ∂f 1 1

∇f = , = ,

∂ x ∂y x y

c (t) = − sin t, 2t

π
√

π π 2 2 π2

c = cos , = ,

4 4 4 2 16

√

π π 2π

2 π

c = − sin , = − ,

4 4 4 2 2

√ 16

∇ f c

π = ∇ f √2 π 2 = 2, 2

4 2 , 16 π

Using the Chain Rule for Paths we obtain the following derivative:

√

d π √ 16 2 π 8

f (c(t))

= ∇ fc π · c = 2, 2 · − , = −1 + ≈ 1.546

dt t= π 4 4 π 2 2 π

4

g(x, y, z) = x ye , c(t) = (t , t , t − 1), t = 1

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule for Paths we have

d

g (c(t)) = ∇g c(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

We compute the gradient and c (t):

∂g ∂g ∂g

∇g = , , = yz −1 , x z −1 , −x yz −2

∂ x ∂y ∂z

t

c (t) = e , 1, 2t

c(1) = (e, 1, 1)

c (1) = e, 1, 2

∇gc(1) = ∇g(e,1,1) = 1, e, −e

d

g (c(t)) = 1, e, −e · e, 1, 2 = e + e − 2e = 0

dt t=1

In Exercises 21–30, calculate the directional derivative2 in3the direction of v at the given point. Remember to normalize

g(x, y, z, w) = x + 2y + 3z + 5w, c(t) = (t , t , t, t−2), t = 1

the direction vector or use Eq. (2).

368 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

v 4, 3 4 3

u= = = ,

v 42 + 32 5 5

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = 2x, 3y 2 ⇒ ∇ f (1,2) = 2, 12

∂ x ∂y

Using the Theorem on Evaluating Directional Derivatives, we get

4 3 8 36 44

Du f (1, 2) = ∇ f (1,2) · u = 2, 12 · , = + = = 8.8

5 5 5 5 5

f (x, y) = x 2 y 3

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 369

g(x, y, z) = z 2 − x y 2 , v = −1, 2, 2, P = (2, 1, 3)

SOLUTION We first compute a unit vector u in the direction v:

v 1, 1, 1 1

u= = = √ 1, 1, 1

v 1 +1 +1

2 2 2 3

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = e−yz , −x ze−yz , −x ye−yz = e−yz 1, −x z, −x y

∂ x ∂y ∂z

1 1 1

Du f (1, 2, 0) = ∇ f (1,2,0) · u = 1, 0, −2 · √ 1, 1, 1 = √ (1 + 0 − 2) = − √

3 3 3

31. Findg(x,

the y,

directional derivative

z) = x ln(y + z), ofv =f (x,

2i −y)j = x 2 +P4y=2 (2,

+ k, at Pe, =

e) (3, 2) in the direction pointing to the origin.

→

SOLUTION The direction vector is v = P O= −3, −2. A unit vector u in the direction v is obtained by normalizing

v. That is,

v −3, −2 −1

u= = = √ 3, 2

v 3 +2

2 2 13

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = 2x, 8y ⇒ ∇ f (3,2) = 6, 16

∂ x ∂y

The directional derivative is thus

−1 −50

Du f (3, 2) = ∇ f (3,2) · u = 6, 16 · √ 3, 2 = √

13 13

33. A bug located at (3, 9, 4) begins walking in a straight line toward (5, 7, 3). At what rate is the bug’s temperature

Find

changing thetemperature

if the directional derivative z) f=(x,

is T (x, y,of xey,

y−zz)?=Units z 3 in

x y +are P = (3,and

at meters −2, −1) inCelsius.

degrees the direction pointing to the origin.

SOLUTION The bug is walking in a straight line from the point P = (3, 9, 4) towards Q = (5, 7, 3), hence the rate of

−→

change in the temperature is the directional derivative in the direction of v = P Q. We first normalize v to obtain

→

v = P Q= 5 − 3, 7 − 9, 3 − 4 = 2, −2, −1

v 2, −2, −1 1

u= = √ = 2, −2, −1

v 4+4+1 3

∂T ∂T ∂T

∇T = , , = e y−z , xe y−z , −xe y−z = e y−z 1, x, −x

∂ x ∂y ∂z

The rate of change of the bug’s temperature at the starting point P is the directional derivative

1 e5

Du f (P) = ∇T (3,9,4) · u = e5 1, 3, −3 · 2, −2, −1 = − ≈ −49.47

3 3

The answer is −49.47 degrees Celsius per meter.

35. f (x, y) =

LetSuppose x −y

2

= (1,

thatxe∇ f P =and

2,P−4, 4. 1).

Is f increasing or decreasing at P in the direction v = 2, 1, 3?

(a) Calculate ∇ f P .

(b) Find the rate of change of f in the direction ∇ f P .

(c) Find the rate of change of f in the direction of a vector making an angle of 45◦ with ∇ f P .

SOLUTION

370 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

2

∂f

= 1 · e x −y + xe x −y · 2x = e x −y 1 + 2x 2

2 2 2

∂x

∂f

= −xe x −y

2

∂y

The gradient vector is thus

∂f ∂f

= e x −y 1 + 2x 2 , −xe x −y = e x −y 1 + 2x 2 , −x

2 2 2

∇f = ,

∂ x ∂y

At the point P = (1, 1) we have

√

∇ f P = e0 1 + 2, −1 = 3, −1 ⇒ ∇ f P = 32 + (−1)2 = 10

√

(b) The rate of change of f in the direction of the gradient vector is the length of the gradient, that is, ∇ f P = 10.

(c) Let ev be the unit vector making an angle of 45◦ with ∇ f P . The rate of change of f in the direction of ev is the

directional derivative of f in the direction ev , which is the following dot product:

√ 1 √

Dev f (P) = ∇ f P · ev = ∇ f P ev cos 45◦ = 10 · 1 · √ = 5 ≈ 2.236

2

y) be the=temperature

y, z) sin(x y + z)atand P = (x,

location y). Assume

(0, −1, that ∇T

π ). Calculate Du= y −where

f (P) 4, x +

u 2y. Let vector

is a unit (t 2 , t) be

c(t) = making anaangle

path

in theθ plane.

◦ Find the

= 30 with ∇ f . values of t such that

P

d

T (c(t)) = 0

dt

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule for Paths we have

d

T (c(t)) = ∇Tc(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

∇T = t − 4, t 2 + 2t

d

T (c(t)) = t − 4, t 2 + 2t · 2t, 1 = (t − 4) · 2t + t 2 + 2t · 1 = 3t 2 − 6t

dt

We are asked to find the values of t such that

d

T (c(t)) = 3t 2 − 6t = 0

dt

We solve to obtain

3t 2 − 6t = 3t (t − 2) = 0 ⇒ t1 = 0, t2 = 2

Find a vector normal to the surface x 2 + y 2 − z 2 = 6 at P = (3, 1, 2).

SOLUTION The gradient is normal to the level surfaces, that is ∇ f P is normal to the level surface f (x, y, z) =

3z 3 + x 2 y − y 2 x = 1. We compute the gradient vector at P = (1, −1, 1):

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = 2x y − y 2 , x 2 − 2yx, 9z 2

∂ x ∂y ∂z

∇ f P = −3, 3, 9

In Exercises 41–44, find an equation of the tangent plane to the surface at the given point.

x2 y2

Find the two points on the ellipsoid + + z 2 = 1 where the tangent plane is normal to v = 1, 1, −2.

41. x 2 + 3y 2 + 4z 2 = 20, P = (2, 2, 1) 4 9

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 371

∇ f P · x − 2, y − 2, z − 1 = 0 (1)

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = 2x, 6y, 8z

∂ x ∂y ∂z

At the point P we have

∇ f P = 2 · 2, 6 · 2, 8 · 1 = 4, 12, 8

4, 12, 8 · x − 2, y − 2, z − 1 = 0

4(x − 2) + 12(y − 2) + 8(z − 1) = 0

x − 2 + 3(y − 2) + 2(z − 1) = 0

or

x + 3y + 2z = 10

3

43. x 2 + 2 e y−x

2 = 2

13, 3 =

x z + 2x y + y z = 11, P = (2,

z P 2, 3, √

e 1, 1)

SOLUTION We compute the gradient of f (x, y, z) = x 2 + z 2 e y−x at the point P = 2, 3, √3 :

e

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = 2x − z 2 e y−x , z 2 e y−x , 2ze y−x

∂ x ∂y ∂z

At the point P = 2, 3, √3 we have

e

9 9 3 √

∇ f P = 4 − · e, · e, 2 · √ · e = −5, 9, 6 e

e e e

The equation of the tangent plane at P is

3

∇ f P · x − 2, y − 3, z − √ = 0

e

That is,

√ 3

−5(x − 2) + 9(y − 3) + 6 e z − √ =0

e

or

√

−5x + 9y + 6 ez = 35

45. Verify what is2 clear 4from Figure 17: Every tangent plane to the cone x 2 + y 2 − z 2 = 0 passes through the origin.

ln[1 + 4x + 9y ] − 0.1z 2 = 0, P = (3, 1, 6.1876)

x

372 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = 2x, 2y, −2z

∂ x ∂y ∂z

Hence,

x 0 (x − x 0 ) + y0 (y − y0 ) − z 0 (z − z 0 ) = 0

x 0 x + y0 y − z 0 z = x 02 + y02 − z 02

Since P = (x 0 , y0 , z 0 ) is on the surface, we have x 02 + y02 − z 02 = 0. The equation of the tangent plane is thus

x 0 x + y0 y − z 0 z = 0

47. Find a function f (x, y, z) such that ∇ f is the constant vector 1, 3, 1.

Use a computer algebra system to produce a contour plot of f (x, y) = x 2 − 3x y + y − y 2 together with its

SOLUTION

gradient vector field onofthef (x,

The gradient y, z)[−4,

domain must4]satisfy

× [−4, the4].

equality

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = 1, 3, 1

∂ x ∂y ∂z

Equating corresponding components gives

∂f

=1

∂x

∂f

=3

∂y

∂f

=1

∂z

One of the functions that satisfies these equalities is

f (x, y, z) = x + 3y + z

49. FindFind

a function f (x,f (x,

a function y, z)y,such ∇ f ∇=f =

thatthat

z) such y 2 , z1,

x, 2x, 3.

2.

SOLUTION The following equality must hold:

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = x, y 2 , z 3

∂ x ∂y ∂z

That is,

∂f

=x

∂x

∂f

= y2

∂y

∂f

= z3

∂z

One of the functions that satisfies these equalities is

1 2 1 3 1 4

f (x, y, z) = x + y + z

2 3 4

Find a function f (x, y, z) such that ∇ f = z, 2y, x.

SOLUTION We must find a function f (x, y) such that

∂f ∂f

∇f = , = y, x

∂ x ∂y

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 373

That is,

∂f ∂f

= y, =x

∂x ∂y

We integrate the first equation with respect to x. Since y is treated as a constant, the constant of integration is a function

of y. We get

f (x, y) = y d x = yx + g(y) (1)

We differentiate f with respect to y and substitute in the second equation. This gives

∂f ∂

= (yx + g(y)) = x + g (y)

∂y ∂y

Hence,

f (x, y) = yx + C

53. Let f = f (a + h, b + k) − f (a, b) be the change in f at P = (a, b). Set v = h, k. Show that the linear

Show that

approximation canthere does not exist a function f (x, y) such that ∇ f = y 2 , x . Hint: Use Clairaut’s Theorem f x y =

be written

f yx .

f ≈ ∇ f P · v 6

f ≈ f x (a, b)h + f y (a, b)k = f x (a, b), f y (a, b) · h, k = ∇ f P · v

55. FindUsetheEq.

unit(6)

vector n normal to the surface z 2 − 2x 4 − y 4 = 16 at P = (2, 2, 8) that points in the direction of the

to estimate

x y-plane.

SOLUTION The gradient vector ∇ f is normal f =to fthe

(3.53, 8.98)f −

surface (3.5,

(x,f y, 9) z 2 − 2x 4 − y 4 = 16 at P. We find this

z) =

P

vector:

assuming that ∇ f (3.5,9) = 2, −1.

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = −8x 3 , −4y 3 , 2z ⇒ ∇ f (2,2,8) = −8 · 23 , −4 · 23 , 2 · 8 = −64, −32, 16

∂ x ∂y ∂z

We normalize to obtain a unit vector normal to the surface:

∇ fP −64, −32, 16 −64, −32, 16 1

= = √ = √ −4, −2, 1

∇ f P 16 21 21

2

(−64) + 32 + 16

2 2

1

n = ± √ −4, −2, 1

21

We need to find the normal that points in the direction of the x y-plane. Since the point P = (2, 2, 8) is above the

x y-plane, the normal we need has negative z-component. Hence,

1

n = √ 4, 2, −1

21

√ √

Suppose, in the−1 x

previous exercise, 2that 2a particle located at the point P = (2, 2, 8) travels toward the x y-plane in

57. Let f (x, y) = tan and u = , .

y

the direction normal to the surface. 2 2

(a) Calculate

(a) Throughthe which

gradient of fQ. on the x y-plane will the particle pass?

point

√

(b) Calculate

(b) Suppose f (1,axes

Du the 1) and

are D u f ( 3, 1).

calibrated in centimeters. Determine the path c(t) of the particle if it travels at a constant

(c) speed that

Show of 8 the

cm/s.lines y =long

How mx will

for m = 0 are

it take the level

particle to reach

curves for fQ?

.

(d) Verify that ∇ f P is orthogonal to the level curve through P for P = (x, y) = (0, 0).

SOLUTION

374 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

(a) We compute the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = tan−1 xy . Using the Chain Rule we get

∂f 1 1 y

= 2 · y = 2

∂x x x + y2

1+ y

∂f 1 x x

= 2 · − =− 2

∂y x y 2 x + y2

1+ y

y x 1

∇f = , − = 2 y, −x

x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2 x + y2

(b) By the Theorem on Evaluating Directional Derivatives,

1 1

∇ f (1,1) = 2 1, −1 = 1, −1

1 + 12 2

1 √ 1 √

∇ f √ = √ 2 1, − 3 = 1, − 3

3,1 4

3 + 12

√ √

1 2 2

Du f (1, 1) = ∇ f (1,1) · u = 1, −1 · , =0

2 2 2

√ √ √

√ 1 √ 2 2 2 √

Du f 3, 1 = ∇ f √ · u = 1, − 3 · , = 1, − 3 · 1, 1

3,1 4 2 2 8

√ √ √

2 √ 2− 6

= 1− 3 =

8 8

(c) Note that f is not defined for y = 0. For x = 0, the level curve of f is the y-axis, and the gradient vector is 1y , 0,

which is perpendicular to the y-axis. For y = 0 and x = 0, the level curves of f are the curves where f (x, y) is constant.

That is,

x

tan−1 =k

y

x

= tan k (for k = 0)

y

1

y= x

tan k

We conclude that the lines y = mx, m = 0, are level curves for f .

(d) By part (c), the level curve through P = (x 0 , y0 ) is the line y = xy00 x. This line has a direction vector 1, xy00 . The

gradient at P is, by part (a), ∇ f P = 2 1 2 y0 , −x 0 . We verify that the two vectors are orthogonal:

x0 +y0

y y 1 1 x 0 y0

1, 0 · ∇ f P = 1, 0 · 2 y , −x = y − =0

x0 x0 x + y 2 0 0

x 02 + y02

0

x0

0 0

Since the dot products is zero, the two vectors are orthogonal as expected (Theorem 6).

59. Let C be the curve of intersection of the two surfaces x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 3 and (x − 2)2 + (y − 2)2 + z 2 = 3. Use the

Suppose that the intersection of two surfaces F(x, y, z) = 0 and G(x, y, z) = 0 is a curve C and let P be a

result of Exercise 58 to find parametric equations of the tangent line to C at P = (1, 1, 1).

point on C. Explain why the vector v = ∇ FP × ∇G P is a direction vector for the tangent line to C at P.

SOLUTION The parametric equations of the tangent line to C at P = (1, 1, 1) are

where v = a, b, c is a direction vector for the line. By Exercise 58 v may be chosen as the following cross product:

v = ∇ FP × ∇G P (2)

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 375

Fx (x, y, z) = 2x

Fy (x, y, z) = 2y ⇒ ∇ F P = 2 · 1, 2 · 1, 2 · 1 = 2, 2, 2

Fz (x, y, z) = 2z

G x (x, y, z) = 2(x − 2)

G y (x, y, z) = 2(y − 2) ⇒ ∇G P = 2(1 − 2), 2(1 − 2), 2 · 1 = −2, −2, 2

G z (x, y, z) = 2z

Hence,

i j k

v = 2, 2, 2 × −2, −2, 2 = 2 2 2 = (4 + 4)i − (4 + 4)j + (−4 + 4)k = 8i − 8j = 8, −8, 0

−2 −2 2

Therefore, v = a, b, c = 8, −8, 0, yielding a = 8, b = −8, c = 0. Substituting in (1) gives the following equations

of the tangent line: x = 1 + 8t, y = 1 − 8t, z = 1.

61. Verify the linearity relations for gradients:

+ Cg)be=the + ∇gof intersection of the two surfaces x + 2x y + yz = 7 and 3x − yz = 1. Find the parametric

3 2

(a) ∇( fLet ∇ fcurve

equations of the tangent line to C at P = (1, 2, 1).

(b) ∇(c f ) = c∇ f

SOLUTION

(a) We use the linearity relations for partial derivative to write

∇( f + g) = ( f + g) x , ( f + g) y , ( f + g)z = f x + gx , f y + g y , f z + gz

= f x , f y , f z + gx , g y , gz = ∇ f + ∇g

∇(c f ) = (c f )x , (c f ) y , (c f )z = c f x , c f y , c f z = c f x , f y , f z = c∇ f

Prove the Chain Rule for gradients (Theorem 1).

SOLUTION We must show that if f (x, y, z) and g(x, y, z) are differentiable, then

∇( f g) = f ∇g + g∇ f

∇( f g) = ( f g) x , ( f g) y , ( f g)z = f x g + f gx , f y g + f g y , f z g + f gz

= f x g, f y g, f z g + f gx , f g y , f gz = f x , f y , f z g + f gx , g y , gz = g∇ f + f ∇g

f (x,

65. LetLet y) a=unit 1/3 .

(x y)vector.

u be Show that the directional derivative Du f is equal to the component of ∇ f along u.

(a) Use the limit definition to show that f x (0, 0) = f y (0, 0) = 0.

(b) Use the limit definition to show that the directional derivative Du f (0, 0) does not exist for any unit vector u other

than i and j.

(c) Is f differentiable at (0, 0)?

SOLUTION

(a) By the limit definition and since f (0, 0) = 0, we have

f x (0, 0) = lim = lim = lim =0

h→0 h h→0 h h→0 h

f y (0, 0) = lim = lim = lim =0

h→0 h h→0 h h→0 h

(b) By the limit definition of the directional derivative, and for u = u 1 , u 2 a unit vector, we have

1/3

t 2u u −0

f (tu 1 , tu 2 ) − f (0, 0) 1 2 u u

Du f (0, 0) = lim = lim = lim 11/32

t→0 t t→0 t t→0 t

This limit does not exist unless u 1 = 0 or u 2 = 0. u 1 = 0 corresponds to the unit vector j, and u 2 = 0 corresponds to

the unit vector i.

376 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

(c) If f was differentiable at (0, 0), then Du f (0, 0) would exist for any vector u. Therefore, using the result obtained in

part (b), f is not differentiable at (0, 0).

67. This exercise shows that there exists a function which is not differentiable at (0, 0) even though all directional

Use the definition of differentiability to show that if f (x, y) is differentiable at (0, 0) and

x2 y

derivatives at (0, 0) exist. Define f (x, y) = 2 for (x, y) = 0 and f (0, 0) = 0.

+ 0)

xf (0, y 2= f x (0, 0) = f y (0, 0) = 0

(a) Use the limit definition to show that Dv f (0, 0) exists for all vectors v. Show that f x (0, 0) = f y (0, 0) = 0.

then that f is not differentiable at (0, 0) by showing that Eq. (7) does not hold.

(b) Prove

f (x, y)

SOLUTION lim =0

(x,y)→(0,0)

(a) Let v = 0 be the vector v = v1 , v2 . By the definition of thex2 + y2

derivative Dv f (0, 0), we have

(tv1 ) tv22

f (tv1 , tv2 ) − f (0, 0) −0

(tv1 )2 +(tv2 )2

Dv f (0, 0) = lim = lim

t→0 t t→0 t

t 3 v 2 v2 v12 v2 v12 v2

= lim 1 = lim = (1)

t→0 t 3 v 2 + v 2 t→0 v 2 + v 2 v12 + v22

1 2 1 2

(b) In Exercise 66 we showed that if f (x, y) is differentiable at (0, 0) and f (0, 0) = 0, then

f (x, y) − f x (0, 0)x − f y (0, 0)y

lim =0

(x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y2

We now show that f does not satisfy the above equation. We first compute the partial derivatives f x (0, 0) and f y (0, 0).

The partial derivatives f x and f y are the directional derivatives in the directions of v = 1, 0 and v = 0, 1, respectively.

Substituting v1 = 1, v2 = 0 in (1) gives

12 · 0

f x (0, 0) = 2 =0

1 + 02

Substituting v1 = 0, v2 = 1 in (1) gives

02 · 1

f y (0, 0) = 2 =0

0 + 12

Also f (0, 0) = 0, therefore for (x, y) = (0, 0) we have

x2 y

f (x, y) − f x (0, 0)x − f y (0, 0)y − 0x − 0y x2 y

x 2 +y 2

lim = lim = lim 3

(x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y2 (x,y)→(0,0) x 2 + y2 (x,y)→(0,0) 2

(x + y 2 ) 2

√

We compute the limit along the line y = 3x:

√ √ 3 √ 3 √

x2 y x 2 3x 3x 3x 3

lim = lim 3/2 = lim

3/2 = lim = = 0

(x,y)→(0,0) 3/2 √ x→0 8x 3 8

√ (x 2 + y 2 ) x→0 2 x→0 4x 2

along y= 3x x +

2 3x

Since this limit is not zero, f does not satisfy Eq. (7), hence f is not differentiable at (0, 0).

Prove that if f (x, y) is differentiable and ∇ f (x,y) = 0 for all (x, y), then f is constant.

f g∇ f − f ∇g

∇ =

g g2

∂ f ∂f ∂g ∂f ∂g

f ∂ f ∂ f ∂ f g ∂ x − f ∂∂gx g ∂ y − f ∂ y g ∂z − f ∂z

∇ = , , = , ,

g ∂x g ∂y g ∂z g g2 g2 g2

∂f ∂f ∂ f ∂g f ∂g ∂g

g ∂ x g ∂ y g ∂z f ∂x ∂ y f ∂z g ∂f ∂f ∂f f ∂g ∂g ∂g

= , , − , , = , , − , ,

g2 g2 g2 g2 g2 g2 g 2 ∂ x ∂y ∂z g 2 ∂ x ∂y ∂z

g f g∇ f − f ∇g

= 2 ∇ f − 2 ∇g =

g g g2

S E C T I O N 15.5 The Gradient and Directional Derivatives (ET Section 14.5) 377

In Exercises 70–72, a path c(t) = (x(t), y(t)) follows the gradient of a function f (x, y) if the tangent vector c (t) points

in the direction of ∇ f for all t. In other words, c (t) = k(t)∇ f c(t) for some positive function k(t). Note that in this case,

c(t) crosses each level curve of f (x, y) at a right angle.

71. Find a path of the form c(t) = (t, g(t)) passing through (1, 2) that follows the gradient of f (x, y) = 2x 2 + 8y 2

y (t) fy

(Figure Show

18). Hint: Use

that if path c(t) =

theSeparation of(x(t), y(t)) follows the gradient of f (x, y), then

Variables. = .

x (t) fx

y

2

1

x

−2 −1 1 2

−1

−2

SOLUTION By the previous exercise, if c(t) = (x(t), y(t)) follows the gradient of f , then

dy y (t) fy

= = (1)

dx x (t) fx

We find the partial derivatives of f :

∂ 2 ∂ 2

fy = 2x + 8y 2 = 16y, fx = 2x + 8y 2 = 4x

∂y ∂x

Substituting in (1) we get

dy 16y 4y

= =

dx 4x x

We solve the differential equation using separation of variables. We obtain

dy dx

=4

y x

dy dx

=4

y x

ln y = 4 ln x + c = ln x 4 + c

or

y = eln x +c = ec x 4

4

y = kx 4

c(t) = t, kt 4 (2)

Since we want the path to pass through (1, 2), there must be a solution t for the equation

t, kt 4 = (1, 2)

or

t =1

⇒ k · 14 = 2 ⇒ k=2

kt 4 = 2

c(t) = t, 2t 4

c (t) = 1, 8t 3 and ∇ f = f x , f y = 4x, 16y

378 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Therefore, ∇ f c(t) = 4t, 16 · 2t 4 = 4t, 32t 4 , so we obtain

1 1

c (t) = 1, 8t 3 = 4t, 32t 4 = ∇ f c(t) , t = 0

4t 4t

For t = 0, ∇ f c(0) = ∇ f (0,0) = 0, 0 and c (0) = 1, 0. We conclude that c follows the gradient of f for t = 0.

Find the curve y = g(x) passing through (0, 1) that crosses each level curve of f (x, y) = y sin x at a right

angle. If you have a computer algebra system, graph y = g(x) together with the level curves of f .

15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6)

Preliminary Questions

1. Consider a function f (x, y) where x = uv and y = u/v.

(a) What are the primary derivatives of f ?

(b) What are the independent variables?

SOLUTION

(b) The independent variables are u and v, on which x and y depend.

(a) r ser +s (b) r es (c) r ser s

SOLUTION The composite function f (u, v) is obtained by replacing u and v in the formula for f (u, v) by the corre-

sponding functions u = r s and v = r + s. This gives

f u(r, s), v(r, s) = u(r, s)ev(r,s) = r ser +s

3. What is the value of f (u, v) at (r, s) = (1, 1)?

SOLUTION We compute u = r s and v = r + s at the point (r, s) = (1, 1):

u(1, 1) = 1 · 1 = 1; v(1, 1) = 1 + 1 = 2

f (u, v) = 1 · e2 = e2 .

(r,s)=(1,1)

∂f

4. According to the Chain Rule, is equal to (choose correct answer):

∂r

∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂x

(a) +

∂ x ∂r ∂ x ∂s

∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y

(b) +

∂ x ∂r ∂y ∂r

∂ f ∂r ∂ f ∂s

(c) +

∂r ∂ x ∂s ∂ x

SOLUTION For a function f (x, y) where x = x(r, s) and y = y(r, s), the Chain Rule states that the partial derivative

∂f

∂r is as given in (b). That is,

∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y

+

∂ x ∂r ∂y ∂r

5. Suppose that x, y, z are functions of the independent variables u, v, w. Given a function f (x, y, z), which of the

∂f

following terms appear in the Chain Rule expression for ?

∂w

∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂w

(a) (b)

∂v ∂v ∂w ∂ x

∂ f ∂z ∂ f ∂v

(c) (d)

∂z ∂w ∂v ∂w

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 379

∂f

SOLUTION By the Chain Rule, the derivative ∂w is

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + +

∂w ∂ x ∂w ∂y ∂w ∂z ∂w

Therefore (c) is the only correct answer.

∂x ∂f

6. With notation as in the previous question, does appear in the Chain Rule expression for ?

∂v ∂u

SOLUTION The Chain Rule expression for ∂∂uf is

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + +

∂u ∂ x ∂u ∂y ∂u ∂z ∂u

The derivative ∂∂vx does not appear in differentiating f with respect to the independent variable u.

Exercises

1. Let f (x, y, z) = x 2 y 3 + z 4 and x = s 2 , y = st 2 , and z = s 2 t.

∂f ∂f ∂f

(a) Calculate the primary derivatives , , .

∂ x ∂y ∂z

∂ x ∂y ∂z

(b) Calculate , , .

∂s ∂s ∂s

∂f

(c) Compute using the Chain Rule:

∂s

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + +

∂s ∂ x ∂s ∂y ∂s ∂z ∂s

Express the answer in terms of the independent variables s, t.

SOLUTION

∂f ∂f ∂f

= 2x y 3 , = 3x 2 y 2 , = 4z 3

∂x ∂y ∂z

(b) The partial derivatives of x, y, and z with respect to s are

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 2s, = t 2, = 2st

∂s ∂s ∂s

(c) We use the Chain Rule and the partial derivatives computed in parts (a) and (b) to find the following derivative:

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + + = 2x y 3 · 2s + 3x 2 y 2 t 2 + 4z 3 · 2st = 4x y 3 s + 3x 2 y 2 t 2 + 8z 3 st

∂s ∂ x ∂s ∂y ∂s ∂z ∂s

To express the answer in terms of the independent variables s, t we substitute x = s 2 , y = st 2 , z = s 2 t. This gives

∂f 3 2 2 3

= 4s 2 (st 2 ) s + 3(s 2 ) (st 2 ) t 2 + 8(s 2 t) st = 4s 6 t 6 + 3s 6 t 6 + 8s 7 t 4 = 7s 6 t 6 + 8s 7 t 4 .

∂s

In Exercises 3–10, use the Chain Rule to calculate the partial derivatives. Express the answer in terms of the independent

Let f (x, y) = x cos(y) and x = u 2 + v 2 and y = u − v.

variables.

∂f ∂f

(a)

∂ f Calculate

∂f the primary derivatives , .

3. , 2 ∂

: f (x, y, z) = x y + z , x = s ,xy =

2 ∂y2r s, z = r 2

∂s ∂r ∂f

(b) Use the Chain Rule to calculate . Leave the answer in terms of both the dependent and independent variables.

SOLUTION We perform the following steps: ∂v

∂f

Step(c)

1. Compute (x,primary

Determinethe y) for (u, v) = (2, The

derivatives. 1) andprimary derivatives

evaluate (x,(2,

at (u,ofv)f = z) = x y + z 2 are

y, 1).

∂v

∂f ∂f ∂f

= y, = x, = 2z

∂x ∂y ∂z

Step 2. Apply the Chain Rule. By the Chain Rule,

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= · + · + · (1)

∂s ∂ x ∂s ∂y ∂s ∂z ∂s

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= · + · + · (2)

∂r ∂ x ∂r ∂y ∂r ∂z ∂r

380 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 2s, = 2r, = 0.

∂s ∂s ∂s

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 0, = 2s, = 2r.

∂r ∂r ∂r

Substituting these derivatives and the primary derivatives computed in step 1 in (1) and (2), we get

∂f

= y · 2s + x · 2r + 2z · 0 = 2ys + 2xr

∂s

∂f

= y · 0 + x · 2s + 2z · 2r = 2xs + 4zr

∂r

Step 3. Express the answer in terms of r and s. We substitute x = s 2 , y = 2r s, and z = r 2 in ∂∂sf and ∂∂rf in step 2, to

obtain

∂f

= 2r s · 2s + s 2 · 2r = 4r s 2 + 2r s 2 = 6r s 2 .

∂s

∂f

= 2s 2 · s + 4r 2 · r = 2s 3 + 4r 3 .

∂r

∂g ∂g

5. ,∂ f :∂g(x,

f y) = cos(x 2 − y 2 ), x = 2u − 3v, y = −5u + 8v

∂u ∂v, : f (x, y, z) = x y + z 2 , x = r + s − 2t, y = 3r t, z = s 2

∂r ∂t

SOLUTION We use the following steps:

Step 1. Compute the primary derivatives. The primary derivatives of g(x, y) = cos(x 2 − y 2 ) are

∂g ∂g

= −2x sin(x 2 − y 2 ), = 2y sin(x 2 − y 2 )

∂x ∂y

Step 2. Apply the Chain Rule. By the Chain Rule,

∂g ∂g ∂ x ∂g ∂y ∂x ∂y

= + = −2x sin(x 2 − y 2 ) + 2y sin(x 2 − y 2 )

∂u ∂ x ∂u ∂y ∂u ∂u ∂u

∂g ∂g ∂ x ∂g ∂y ∂x ∂y

= + = −2x sin(x 2 − y 2 ) + 2y sin(x 2 − y 2 )

∂v ∂ x ∂v ∂y ∂v ∂v ∂v

We find the partial derivatives of x and y:

∂x ∂y

= 2, = −5

∂u ∂u

∂x ∂y

= −3, =8

∂v ∂v

We substitute these derivatives to obtain

∂g

= −4x sin(x 2 − y 2 ) − 10y sin(x 2 − y 2 ) = −(4x + 10y) sin(x 2 − y 2 ) (1)

∂u

∂g

= 6x sin(x 2 − y 2 ) + 16y sin(x 2 − y 2 ) = (6x + 16y) sin(x 2 − y 2 ) (2)

∂v

Step 3. Express the answer in terms of u and v. We substitute x = 2u − 3v, y = −5u + 8v in (1) and (2), to obtain

∂g

= −(8u − 12v − 50u + 80v) · sin (2u − 3v)2 − (−5u + 8v)2

∂u

= (42u − 68v) sin 68uv − 21u 2 − 55v 2

∂g

= (12u − 18v − 80u + 128v) · sin (2u − 3v)2 − (−5u + 8v)2

∂v

= (110v − 68u) sin 68uv − 21u 2 − 55v 2

∂F ∂F

7. ,

∂h : F(u, v) =x eu+v , u = x 2 , v = x y

∂ x ∂y: h(x, y) = , x = t1 t2 , y = t12 t2

∂t2 y

SOLUTION We use the following steps:

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 381

Step 1. Compute the primary derivatives. The primary derivatives of F(u, v) = eu+v are

∂f ∂f

= eu+v , = eu+v

∂u ∂v

Step 2. Apply the Chain Rule. By the Chain Rule,

∂F ∂ F ∂u ∂ F ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v

= + = eu+v + eu+v = eu+v +

∂x ∂u ∂ x ∂v ∂ x ∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x

∂F ∂ F ∂u ∂ F ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v

= + = eu+v + eu+v = eu+v +

∂y ∂u ∂y ∂v ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y

We compute the partial derivatives of u and v with respect to x and y:

∂u ∂v

= 2x, =y

∂x ∂x

∂u ∂v

= 0, =x

∂y ∂y

We substitute to obtain

∂F

= (2x + y)eu+v (1)

∂x

∂F

= xeu+v (2)

∂y

Step 3. Express the answer in terms of x and y. We substitute u = x 2 , v = x y in (1) and (2), obtaining

∂F ∂F

= (2x + y)e x +x y , = xe x +x y .

2 2

∂x ∂y

∂f ∂f

9. ,∂ f : f (r, θ ) = r sin2 θ , x = r cos θ , y = r sin θ

∂ x ∂y: f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 , x = eu+v , y = u + v

∂u

SOLUTION We use the following steps:

Step 1. Compute the primary derivatives. The primary derivatives of f (r, θ ) = r sin2 θ are

∂f ∂f

= sin2 θ , = r · 2 sin θ cos θ = r sin 2θ

∂r ∂θ

Step 2. Apply the Chain Rule. By the Chain Rule,

∂f ∂ f ∂r ∂f ∂θ ∂r ∂θ

= + = sin2 θ + r sin 2θ (1)

∂x ∂r ∂ x ∂θ ∂x ∂x ∂x

∂f ∂ f ∂r ∂f ∂θ ∂r ∂θ

= + = sin2 θ + r sin 2θ (2)

∂y ∂r ∂y ∂θ ∂y ∂y ∂y

We compute the partial derivatives of r and θ with respect to x and y. Since r 2 = x 2 + y 2 , we have

∂r ∂r x

2r = 2x ⇒ =

∂x ∂x r

∂r ∂r y

2r = 2y ⇒ =

∂y ∂y r

1 ∂θ y ∂θ y cos2 θ

=− 2 ⇒ =−

cos2 θ ∂ x x ∂x x2

1 ∂θ 1 ∂θ cos2 θ

= ⇒ =

cos2 θ ∂y x ∂y x

Substituting these derivatives in (1) and (2) gives

∂f 2 x y cos2 θ x sin2 θ yr sin 2θ cos2 θ

= sin θ · + r sin 2θ − = − (3)

∂x r x 2 r x2

= sin2 θ · + r sin 2θ = + (4)

∂y r x r x

382 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 3. Express answer in terms of x and y. We express r , cos θ , and sin 2θ in terms of x and y. Since r = x 2 + y2,

we have

x x

cos θ = =

r x 2 + y2

y y

sin θ = =

r x + y2

2

2x y

sin 2θ = 2 sin θ cos θ = 2

x + y2

We substitute in (3) and (4) to obtain

∂f x y2 y x 2 + y2 2x y x2

= · 2 − · 2 · 2

∂x x 2 + y2 x + y 2 x 2 x +y 2 x + y2

x y2 2y 2 x −x y 2

= 3/2

− 3/2

= 3/2

(x 2 + y 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 )

∂f y y2 x 2 + y2 2x y x2

= · 2 + · 2 ·

∂y x 2 + y2 x + y2 x x + y2 x 2 + y2

y3 2x 2 y y(y 2 + 2x 2 )

= 3/2

+ 3/2

= 3/2

(x 2 + y 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 )

In Exercises

∂ f ∂11–16,

f use the Chain Rule to evaluate the partial derivative at the point specified.

, : f (x, y, z) = x y − z 2 , x = r cos θ , y = cos2 θ , z = r

∂ f ∂ θ ∂r

∂f

11. and at (u, v) = (−1, −1), where f (x, y, z) = x 3 + yz 2 , x = u 2 + v, y = u + v 2 , z = uv.

∂u ∂v

SOLUTION The primary derivatives of f (x, y, z) = x 3 + yz 2 are

∂f ∂f ∂f

= 3x 2 , = z2, = 2yz

∂x ∂y ∂z

By the Chain Rule we have

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z

= + + = 3x 2 + z2 + 2yz (1)

∂u ∂ x ∂u ∂y ∂u ∂z ∂u ∂u ∂u ∂u

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z ∂x ∂y ∂z

= + + = 3x 2 + z2 + 2yz (2)

∂v ∂ x ∂v ∂y ∂v ∂z ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v

We compute the partial derivatives of x, y, and z with respect to u and v:

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 2u, = 1, =v

∂u ∂u ∂u

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 1, = 2v, =u

∂v ∂v ∂v

Substituting in (1) and (2) we get

∂f

= 6x 2 u + z 2 + 2yzv (3)

∂u

∂f

= 3x 2 + 2vz 2 + 2yzu (4)

∂v

We determine (x, y, z) for (u, v) = (−1, −1):

Finally, we substitute (x, y, z) = (0, 0, 1) and (u, v) = (−1, −1) in (3), (4) to obtain the following derivatives:

∂ f

= 6 · 02 · (−1) + 12 + 2 · 0 · 1 · (−1) = 1

∂u (u,v)=(−1,−1)

∂ f

= 3 · 02 + 2 · (−1) · 12 + 2 · 0 · 1 · (−1) = −2

∂v (u,v)=(−1,−1)

∂f

at (r, s) = (1, 0), where f (x, y) = ln(x y), x = 3r + 2s, y = 5r + 3s.

∂s

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 383

∂g √ 1

13. at (r, θ ) = (2 2, π4 ), where g(x, y) = , x = r sin θ , y = r cos θ .

∂θ x + y2

SOLUTION We compute the primary derivatives of g(x, y) = 1 :

x+y 2

∂g 1 ∂g 2y

=− , =−

∂x (x + y 2 )

2 ∂y (x + y 2 )

2

∂g ∂g ∂ x ∂g ∂y 1 ∂x 2y ∂y 1 ∂x ∂y

= + =− − =− + 2y

∂θ ∂ x ∂θ ∂y ∂ θ (x + y )

2 2 ∂θ

(x + y )

2 2 ∂θ

(x + y 2 )

2 ∂θ ∂θ

∂x ∂y

= r cos θ , = −r sin θ

∂θ ∂θ

Hence,

∂g r

=− (cos θ − 2y sin θ ) (1)

∂θ (x + y 2 )

2

√ √ √

√

At the point (r, θ ) = 2 2, π4 , we have x = 2 2 sin π4 = 2 and y = 2 2 cos π4 = 2. Substituting (r, θ ) = 2 2, π4

and (x, y) = (2, 2) in (1) gives the following derivative:

√ √

∂g −2 2 π π − 2 1 4 1

= cos − 4 sin = √ − √ = .

∂ θ (r,θ )= 2√2, π (2 + 2 )

2 2 4 4 18 2 2 6

4

∂g

15. at (u, v) = (0, 1), where g(x, y)2 = x 22 − y 2 , x2 = eu cos v, y = eu sin v.

∂g

∂u at s = 4, where g(x, y) = x − y , x = s + 1, y = 1 − 2s.

∂s

SOLUTION The primary derivatives of g(x, y) = x 2 − y 2 are

∂g ∂g

= 2x, = −2y

∂x ∂y

By the Chain Rule we have

∂g ∂g ∂ x ∂g ∂y ∂x ∂y

= · + · = 2x − 2y (1)

∂u ∂ x ∂u ∂y ∂u ∂u ∂u

∂y

We find ∂∂ux and ∂u :

∂x ∂y

= eu cos v, = eu sin v

∂u ∂u

Substituting in (1) gives

∂g

= 2xeu cos v − 2yeu sin v = 2eu (x cos v − y sin v) (2)

∂u

We determine (x, y) for (u, v) = (0, 1):

Finally, we substitute (u, v) = (0, 1) and (x, y) = (cos 1, sin 1) in (2) and use the identity cos2 α − sin2 α = cos 2α , to

obtain the following derivative:

∂g

= 2e0 cos2 1 − sin2 1 = 2 · cos 2 · 1 = 2 cos 2

∂u (u,v)=(0,1)

17. The∂htemperature at a point (x, y) is T (x, y) = 20 + 0.1(x 2 − x y) (degrees Celsius). A particle moves clockwise

at (q,

along the unit r ) at

circle = unit

(3, 2), where

speed h(u, v)How

(1 cm/s). v , uis=the

= uefast q 3particle’s

, v = qr 2temperature

. changing at time t = π ?

∂q

SOLUTION The particle moves along the unit circle at unit speed, hence its trajectory is parametrized by the arc length

parametrization of the unit circle. That is,

384 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

We need to find dT

dt t=π . We first compute the primary derivatives of T (x, y) = 20 + 0.1(x − x y):

2

∂T ∂T

= 0.2x − 0.1y, = −0.1x

∂x ∂y

By the Chain Rule we have

dT ∂T dx ∂T dy dx dy

= + = (0.2x − 0.1y) − 0.1x (1)

dt ∂ x dt ∂y dt dt dt

dx dy

= − sin t, = cos t

dt dt

Substituting in (1) gives

dT

= −(0.2x − 0.1y) sin t − 0.1x cos t (2)

dt

We determine (x, y) for t = π :

dT

= −(−0.2 − 0) sin π − 0.1 · (−1) cos π = 0 + 0.1 · (−1) = −0.1

dt

We conclude that at time t = π , the particle’s temperature is decreasing at a rate of 0.1 degrees per second.

u(r,uθ=

19. LetLet )= r 2 cos

u(x,

2 θ . Use Eq. (7) to compute ∇u2 . Then compute ∇u2 directly by observing that u(x, y) =

y) and let (r, θ ) be polar coordinates. Express u x and u y in terms of u r and u θ . Then show that

2

x and compare.

SOLUTION By Eq. (7) we have 1

∇u2 = u r2 + 2 u 2θ

r

1

∇u2 = u r2 + 2 u 2θ

r

We compute the partial derivatives of u(r, θ ) = r 2 cos2 θ :

2 1 2

∇u2 = (2r cos2 θ ) + 2 (−2r 2 cos θ sin θ ) = 4r 2 cos4 θ + 4r 2 cos2 θ sin2 θ

r

= 4r 2 cos2 θ (cos2 θ + sin2 θ ) = 4r 2 cos2 θ

That is,

We now compute ∇u2 directly. We first express u(r, θ ) as a function of x and y. Since x = r cos θ , we have

u(x, y) = x 2

∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

21. Express

Let xthe + t and y = s, − t., Show

= sderivatives in that

terms , , , where

forofany differentiable (ρ, θ ,fφ(x,

function ) are

y),spherical coordinates.

∂ρ ∂θ ∂φ ∂ x ∂y ∂z

2 2

SOLUTION The spherical coordinates are ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

− =

∂x ∂y ∂s ∂t

x = ρ sin φ cos θ , y = ρ sin φ sin θ , z = ρ cos φ (1)

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + +

∂ρ ∂ x ∂ρ ∂y ∂ ρ ∂z ∂ ρ

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 385

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + +

∂θ ∂ x ∂θ ∂y ∂ θ ∂z ∂ θ

∂f ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y ∂ f ∂z

= + + (2)

∂φ ∂ x ∂φ ∂y ∂ φ ∂z ∂ φ

We use (1) to compute the partial derivatives of x, y, and z with respect to ρ, θ , and φ . This gives

∂x ∂y ∂z

= −ρ sin φ sin θ , = ρ sin φ cos θ , =0

∂θ ∂θ ∂θ

∂x ∂y ∂z

= ρ cos φ cos θ , = ρ cos φ sin θ , = −ρ sin φ

∂φ ∂φ ∂φ

∂x ∂y ∂z

= sin φ cos θ , = sin φ sin θ , = cos φ

∂ρ ∂ρ ∂ρ

Substituting these derivatives in (2), we get

∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= (sin φ cos θ ) + (sin φ sin θ ) + (cos φ )

∂ρ ∂x ∂y ∂z

∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= (ρ cos φ cos θ ) + (ρ cos φ sin θ ) − (ρ sin φ )

∂φ ∂x ∂y ∂z

∂f ∂f ∂f

= (−ρ sin φ sin θ ) + (ρ sin φ cos θ )

∂θ ∂x ∂y

∂z ∂z 4 z2 x 2 −

23. Calculate

Suppose and is defined

at the points (3, 2,as1)a and (3, 2,of−1), where

y byzthe

is defined implicitly by = z 2 + y 2 z z+ +

thex equation xy − 1 =

∂ xthat z ∂y implicitly function x and equation F(x, y, z)

y − 0.

8 = 0.

(a) Calculate Fx , Fy , Fz . 4

SOLUTION For F(x, y, z) = z + z 2 x 2 − y − 8 = 0, we use the following equalities, (Eq. (6)):

∂z ∂z

(b) Use Eq. (6) to calculate and .

∂x ∂y ∂z Fx ∂z Fy

=− , =− (1)

∂x Fz ∂y Fz

The partial derivatives of F are

Fx = 2z 2 x, Fy = −1, Fz = 4z 3 + 2zx 2

∂z 2z 2 x zx

=− 3 =− 2

∂x 4z + 2zx 2 2z + x 2

∂z 1

= 3

∂y 4z + 2zx 2

At the point (3, 2, 1), we have

∂z 1·3 3 ∂z 1 1

=− =− , = =

∂x (3,2,1)2·1 +3

2 2 11 ∂y (3,2,1) 4·1 +2·1·3

3 2 22

∂z −3 3

=− =

∂ x (3,2,−1) 2 · (−1)2 + 32 11

∂z 1 1

= =−

∂y (3,2,−1) 3

4 · (−1) + 2 · (−1) · 32 22

∂w

25. , x 2 w + w 3 + wz 2 + 3yz = 0

∂z

∂z , x 2 y + y 2 z + x z 2 = 10

∂x

SOLUTION We find the partial derivatives Fw and Fz of

F(x, w, z) = x 2 w + w 3 + wz 2 + 3yz

Fw = x 2 + 3w 2 + z 2 , Fz = 2wz + 3y

386 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

∂w Fz 2wz + 3y

=− =− 2 .

∂z Fw x + 3w 2 + z 2

∂r ∂t

27. and x, y r 2 = te s/r

∂z

∂t , ∂re + sin(x z) + y = 0

∂y

SOLUTION We use the formulas obtained by implicit differentiation of F(r, s, t) = r 2 − tes/r (Eq. (6)):

∂r Ft ∂t Fr

=− , =− (1)

∂t Fr ∂r Ft

The partial derivatives of F are

s st

Fr = 2r − tes/r − 2 = 2r + 2 es/r

r r

Ft = −es/r

∂r es/r r 2 es/r

= = 3

∂t st

2r + 2 e s/r 2r + stes/r

r

= r = = 2r e−s/r + 2

∂r e s/r 2

r e s/r r

∂U ∂T

29. ∂w

and , 1 (T U − V )21 ln(W − U V ) = 1 at (T, U, V , W ) = (1, 1, 2, 4)

∂T , ∂U 2 + 2 = 1 at (x, y, w) = (1, 1, 1)

∂y w + x2 w + y2

SOLUTION Using the formulas obtained by implicit differentiation (Eq. (6)) we have,

∂U FT ∂T FU

=− , =− (1)

∂T FU ∂U FT

FT = 2U (T U − V ) ln(W − U V )

−V V (T U − V )

FU = 2T (T U − V ) ln(W − U V ) + (T U − V )2 · = (T U − V ) 2T ln(W − U V ) −

W − UV W − UV

At the point (T, U, V , W ) = (1, 1, 2, 4) we have

FT = 2(1 − 2) ln(4 − 2) = −2 ln 2

2(1 − 2)

FU = (1 − 2) 2 ln(4 − 2) − = (−2 ln 2 − 1) = −1 − 2 ln 2

4−2

Substituting in (1) we obtain

∂U 2 ln 2 ∂ T 1 + 2 ln 2

=− , =− .

∂ T (1,1,2,4) 1 + 2 ln 2 ∂U (1,1,2,4) 2 ln 2

f (x,pressure

31. LetThe y, z) = P, ), where

F(rvolume = temperature

V r, and x 2 + y 2 + zT2 .of

Show

a vanthat

der Waals gas with n molecules (n constant) are related

by the equation

∇ f = F (r )er 8

r an 2

where er = and r = x, y, z. P + 2 (V − nb) = n RT

r V

SOLUTION The gradient of f is the following

∂ Pvector:∂ V

where a, b, and R are constant. Calculate and .

∂T ∂ P∂ f ∂ f ∂ f

∇f = , ,

∂ x ∂y ∂z

We must express this vector in terms of r and r . Using the Chain Rule, we have

∂f ∂r 2x x

= F (r ) = F (r ) · = F (r ) ·

∂x ∂x 2 x +y +z

2 2 2 r

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 387

∂f ∂r 2y y

= F (r ) = F (r ) · = F (r ) ·

∂y ∂y 2 x 2 + y2 + z2 r

∂f ∂r 2z z

= F (r ) = F (r ) · = F (r ) ·

∂z ∂z 2 x +y +z

2 2 2 r

Hence,

x y z F (r ) r

∇ f = F (r ) , F (r ) , F (r ) = x, y, z = F (r ) = F (r )er

r r r r r

1

33. UseLet

Eq.f(8) to compute

(x, y, z) = e ∇

−x 2 −y 2 −z 2and ∇(ln

2 ).

= e−r ,r with r as in Exercise 31. Compute ∇ f directly and using Eq. (8).

r

1 1

SOLUTION To compute ∇ r using Eq. (8), we let F(r ) = r :

1

F (r ) = − 2

r

We obtain

1 1 r 1

∇ = F (r )er = − 2 · = − 3r

r r r r

1 r r

∇(ln r ) = F (r )er = · = 2

r r r

35. Jessica and Matthew are running toward the point P along the straight paths that make a fixed angle of θ (Figure

Show that if f (x) is differentiable and c = 0 is a constant, then u(x, t) = f (x − ct) satisfies the so-called

3). Suppose that Matthew runs with velocity va m/s and Jessica with velocity vb m/s. Let f (x, y) be the distance from

advection equation

Matthew to Jessica when Matthew is x meters from P and Jessica is y meters from P.

(a) Show that f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 − 2x y cos θ . ∂u ∂u

+c =0

∂t the

(b) Assume that θ = π /3. Use the Chain Rule to determine ∂ xrate at which the distance between Matthew and Jessica

is changing when x = 30, y = 20, va = 4 m/s, and vb = 3 m/s.

va

x vb

y

B

FIGURE 3

SOLUTION

(a) This is a simple application of the Law of Cosines. Connect points A and B in the diagram to form a line segment

will call f . Then, the Law of Cosines says that f = x + y − 2x y cos θ . By taking square roots, we find that

that we 2 2 2

f = x 2 + y 2 − 2x y cos θ .

(b) Using the chain rule,

df ∂ f dx ∂ f dy

= +

dt ∂ x dt ∂y dt

so we get

df (x − y cos θ )d x/dt (y − x cos θ )d y/dt

= +

dt x + y − 2x y cos θ

2 2 x 2 + y 2 − 2x y cos θ

and using x = 30, y = 20, and d x/dt = 4, d y/dt = 3, we get

df 180 − 170 cos θ

= √

dt 1300 − 1200 cos θ

388 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

In Exercises 37–40, a function f (x, y, z)2 is called homogeneous of degree n if f (λ x, λ y, λ z) = λ n f (x, y, z) for all

The Law of Cosines states that c = a 2 + b2 − 2ab cos θ , where a, b, c are the sides of a triangle and θ is the

λ ∈ R.

angle opposite the side of length c.

37. Show thatimplicit

the following functions ∂ θ ∂ θ their degree.

∂θ

(a) Use differentiation to are homogeneous

compute and determine

the derivatives , , and .

2

(a) f (x, y, z) = x y + x yz (b) f (x, y, z) =∂c3x + 2y − 8z

∂a ∂b

(b) Suppose that a = 10, b = 16, c = 22. Estimate the change in θ if a and b are increased by 1 and c is increased

xy

f (x,

(c) by 2. y, z) = ln (d) f (x, y, z) = z 4

z2

SOLUTION

(b) For f (x, y, z) = 3x + 2y − 8z we have

(c) For f (x, y, z) = ln x 2y we have, for λ = 0,

z

(λ x)(λ y) λ 2x y xy

f (λ x, λ y, λ z) = ln = ln = ln = f (x, y, z) = λ 0 f (x, y, z)

(λ z)2 λ 2 z2 z2

(d) For f (z) = z 4 we have

f (λ z) = (λ z)4 = λ 4 z 4 = λ 4 f (z)

39. Prove that if f (x, y, z) is homogeneous of degree n, then

Prove that if f (x, y, z) is homogeneous of degree n, then f x (x, y, z) is homogeneous of degree n − 1. Hint:

∂ f to f (∂λ fx, λ y, λ z).

∂ f Rule

Either use the limit definition or apply the Chain

x +y +z = nf 9

∂x ∂y ∂z

Hint: Let F(t) = f (t x, t y, t z) and calculate F (1) using the Chain Rule.

SOLUTION We use the Chain Rule to differentiate the function F(t) = f (t x, t y, t z) with respect to t. This gives

F (t) = · + · + · =x +y +z (1)

∂x ∂t ∂y ∂t ∂z ∂t ∂x ∂y ∂z

On the other hand, since f is homogeneous of degree n, we have

F(t) = f (t x, t y, t z) = t n f (x, y, z)

∂f ∂f ∂f

x +y +z = nt n−1 f (x, y, z)

∂x ∂y ∂z

Substituting t = 1 gives

∂f ∂f ∂f

x +y +z = nf

∂x ∂y ∂z

41. Suppose that x = g(t, s), y = h(t, s). Show that f tt is equal to

Verify Eq. (9) for the functions in Exercise 37.

2 2

∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂2x ∂2 y

fx x + 2 fx y + f yy + fx 2 + f y 2 10

∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t

S E C T I O N 15.6 The Chain Rule (ET Section 14.6) 389

SOLUTION We are given that x = g(t, s), y = h(t, s). We must compute f tt for a function f (x, y). We first compute

f t using the Chain Rule:

∂x ∂y

ft = f x + fy

∂t ∂t

To find f tt we differentiate the two sides with respect to t using the Product Rule. This gives

∂ ∂x ∂2x ∂ ∂y ∂2 y

f tt = ( fx ) + fx 2 + ( f y ) + fy 2 (1)

∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t

By the Chain Rule,

∂ ∂x ∂y

( fx ) = fx x + fx y

∂t ∂t ∂t

∂ ∂x ∂y

( f y ) = f yx + f yy

∂t ∂t ∂t

Substituting in (1) we obtain

∂x ∂y ∂ x ∂2x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂2 y

f tt = + fx y

fx x + f x 2 + f yx + f yy + fy 2

∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t

2 2

∂x ∂y ∂x ∂2x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂2 y

= fx x + fx y + f x 2 + f yx + f yy + fy 2

∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t

If f x y and f yx are continuous, Clairaut’s Theorem implies that f x y = f yx . Hence,

2

∂x 2 ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂2x ∂2 y

f tt = f x x + 2 fx y + f yy + fx 2 + f y 2

∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t

Let r = x 12 + · · · + x n2 and let g(r ) be a function of r . Prove the formulas

∂2g ∂2g n−1

2

+ · · · + 2 = grr + gr

∂g ∂ x 1 xi ∂ x∂n2 g xi2 r r2 − x2

i

= gr , = 2 grr + gr

∂ xi r ∂ xi2 r r3

SOLUTION In Exercise 42 we showed that

∂2g x2 r 2 − xi2

= i2 grr + gr

∂ xi 2 r r3

Hence,

∂2g ∂2g x 12 r 2 − x 12 x n2 r 2 − x n2

+ ··· + = grr + gr + ··· + grr + gr

∂ xi 2 ∂ xn 2 r2 r3 r 2 r3

x 2 + · · · + x n2 1 2

= 1 grr + gr (r − x 2 ) + · · · + (r 2 − x 2 )

1 n

r2 r3

r 2 1

= 2 grr + 3 gr nr 2 − (x 12 + · · · + x n2 )

r r

1 r2 n−1

= grr + 3 gr (nr 2 − r 2 ) = grr + 3 gr (n − 1) = grr + gr

r r r

In Exercises 44–48, the Laplace operator is defined by f = f x x + f yy . A function f (x, y) satisfying the Laplace

equation f = 0 is called harmonic. A function f (x, y) is called radial if f (x, y) = g(r ), where r = x 2 + y 2 .

Use Eq. (10) to prove that in polar coordinates (r, θ ),

SOLUTION We must show that f (r, θ ) = ln r satisfies

1 1

f = frr + 2 f θθ + fr

1 r 1 r

f = frr + 2 f θθ + fr = 0

r r

We compute the derivatives of f (r, θ ) = ln r :

1 1

fr = , frr = − 2 , f θ = 0, f θθ = 0

r r

390 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Hence,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

f = frr + 2 f θθ + fr = − 2 + 2 · 0 + · = − 2 + 2 = 0

r r r r r r r r

Since f = 0, f is harmonic.

47. Verify f (x,f (x,

thatthat y) = −1 y is harmonic using both the rectangular and polar expressions for f .

Verify y)tan

= x and

x f (x, y) = y are harmonic using both the rectangular and polar expressions for f .

SOLUTION

(a) Using the rectangular expression for f :

f = f x x + f yy

We compute the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = tan−1 xy . Using the Chain Rule we get

1 y y

fx =

y 2 · − =− 2

1+ x x 2 x + y2

1 1 x

fy =

y 2 · x = 2

1+ x + y2

x

−y 2x y

fx x = −

2 · 2x =

2

x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2

−x −2x y

f yy =

2 · 2y =

2

x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2

Hence,

2x y 2x y

f x x + f yy = 2

− 2

=0

(x 2 + y 2 ) (x 2 + y 2 )

(b) Using the polar expression for f ,

1 1

f = frr + 2 f θθ + fr (1)

r r

y r sin θ −1

y −1

Since x = r cos θ = tan θ , we have f (x, y) = tan x = tan (θ ) = θ . We compute the partial derivatives:

fr = 0, f θ = 1, frr = 0, f θθ = 0.

Substituting in (1), we get

1 1

f = 0 + 2 · 0 + · 0 = 0

r r

Use the Product Rule to show that

F(x, y, z) = x 2 + y 2 − z 2 − 12x− 8z − 4 = 0

1 ∂ ∂f

frr + fr = r −1 r

r of x and∂ry. This

(a) Use the quadratic formula to solve for z as a function ∂r gives two formulas, depending on the choice

of a sign.

Use this formula to show that if f is a radial harmonic function, then r fr = C for some constant C. Conclude that

(b) Which formula defines the portion of the surface satisfying z ≥ −4? Which formula defines the portion satisfying

f (x, y) = C ln r + b for some constant b.

z ≤ −4?

∂z

(c) Calculate using the formula z = f (x, y) (for both choices of sign) and again via implicit differentiation. Verify

∂x

that the two answers agree.

z

z = −4

x

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 391

SOLUTION

(a) We rewrite F(x, y, z) = 0 as a quadratic equation in the variable z:

z 2 + 8z + 4 + 12x − x 2 − y 2 = 0

82 − 4 4 + 12x − x 2 − y 2 = 4x 2 + 4y 2 − 48x + 48 = 4 x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12

Hence,

−8 ± 4 x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12

z 1,2 = = −4 ± x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12

2

We obtain two functions:

z = −4 + x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12, z = −4 − x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12

(b) The formula with the positive root defines the portion of the surface satisfying z ≥ −4, and the formula with the

negative root defines the portion satisfying z ≤ −4.

(c) Differentiating z = −4 + x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12 with respect to x, using the Chain Rule, gives

∂z 2x − 12 x −6

= = (1)

∂x 2 x + y − 12x + 12

2 2 x + y 2 − 12x + 12

2

Alternatively, using the formula for ∂∂zx obtained by implicit differentiation gives

∂z Fx

=− (2)

∂x Fz

Fx = 2x − 12, Fz = −2z − 8

∂z 2x − 12 x −6

=− =

∂x −2z − 8 z+4

This result is the same as the result in (1), since z = −4 + x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12 implies that

x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12 = z + 4

For z = −4 − x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 12, differentiating with respect to x gives

∂z 2x − 12 x −6 x −6

=− = =

∂x 2 x + y − 12x + 12

2 2 − x + y − 12x + 12

2 2 z+4

z

∂z ∂z

When x, y, and z are related by an equation F(x, y, z) = 0, we sometimes write in place of to

∂x y ∂x

15.7indicate

Optimization in Severalz Variables

that in the differentiation, (ET Section

is treated as a function of x with14.7)

y held constant (and similarly for the other

variables).

Preliminary

(a) Use Eq.Questions

(6) to prove the cyclic relation

1. The functions f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 and g(x, y) =

2 2

x − y both a critical point at (0, 0). How is the behavior of

have

the two functions at the critical point different? ∂z ∂ x ∂y

= −1

∂x ∂y ∂z x

SOLUTION Let f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 and g(x, y) = xy 2 − y 2 . zIn the domain R2 , the partial derivatives of f and g are

= x +f xyx +

(b) Verify Eq. (12) for F(x,f xy,=z)2x, = z2,= 0.f y = 2y, f yy = 2, f x y = 0

(c) Verify the cyclic relation for the variables P, V , T in the ideal gas law P V − n RT = 0 (n and R are constants).

gx = 2x, gx x = 2, g y = −2y, g yy = −2, gx y = 0

Therefore, f x = f y = 0 at (0, 0) and gx = g y = 0 at (0, 0). That is, the two functions have one critical point, which

is the origin. Since the discriminant of f is D = 4 > 0, f x x > 0, and the discriminant of g is D = −4 < 0, f has

a local minimum (which is also a global minimum) at the origin, whereas g has a saddle point there. Moreover, since

lim g(0, y) = −∞ and lim g(x, 0) = ∞, g does not have global extrema on the plane. Similarly, f does not have a

y→∞ x→∞

global maximum but does have a global minimum, which is f (0, 0) = 0.

392 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

2. Identify the points indicated in the contour maps as local minima, maxima, saddle points, or neither (Figure 14).

3

1

−3

−1 1 3

0 −1 −3 −1 0

−3 −10 10

1 −6 6

3

−2 2

1 0

FIGURE 14

SOLUTION If f (P) is a local minimum or maximum, then the nearby level curves are closed curves encircling P. In

Figure (C), f increases in all directions emanating from P and decreases in all directions emanating from Q. Hence, f

has a local minimum at P and local maximum at Q.

P Q

−10 10

−6 6

−2 2

In Figure (A), the level curves through the point R consist of two intersecting lines that divide the neighborhood near R

into four regions. f is decreasing in some directions and increasing in other directions. Therefore, R is a saddle point.

3

1

−3

−1

R 0 −1

−3

1

3

Figure (A)

S 1

−3 −1 0 3

Figure (B)

3. Let f (x, y) be a continuous function on a domain D in R2 . Determine which of the following statements are true:

(a) If D is closed and bounded, then f takes on a maximum value on D.

(b) If D is neither closed nor bounded, then f does not take on a maximum value of D.

(c) f (x, y) need not have a maximum value on D = {(x, y) : 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1}.

(d) A continuous function takes on neither a minimum nor a maximum value on the open quadrant {(x, y) : x > 0,

y > 0}.

SOLUTION

(a) This statement is true. It follows by the Theorem on Existence of Global Extrema.

(b) The statement is false. Consider the constant function f (x, y) = 2 in the following domain:

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 393

x

1

Obviously f is continuous and D is neither closed nor bounded. However, f takes on a maximum value (which is 2) on

D.

(c) The domain D = {(x, y) : 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1} is the following rectangle:

y

x

1

D = {(x, y) : 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1}

D is closed and bounded, hence f takes on a maximum value on D. Thus the statement is false.

(d) The statement is false. The constant function f (x, y) = c takes on minimum and maximum values on the open

quadrant.

Exercises

1. Let P = (a, b) be a critical point of f (x, y) = x 2 + y 4 − 4x y.

√ √

(a) First use f x (, x, y) = 0 to show that a = 2b. Then use f y (x, y) = 0 to show that P = (0, 0), (2 2, 2), or

√ √

(−2 2, − 2).

(b) Referring to Figure 15, determine the local minima and saddle points of f (x, y) and find the absolute minimum

value of f (x, y).

FIGURE 15

SOLUTION

(a) We find the partial derivatives:

∂

f x (x, y) = x 2 + y 4 − 4x y = 2x − 4y

∂x

∂

f y (x, y) = x 2 + y 4 − 4x y = 4y 3 − 4x

∂y

Since P = (a, b) is a critical point, f x (a, b) = 0. That is,

2a − 4b = 0 ⇒ a = 2b

394 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

4b3 − 4a = 0 ⇒ a = b3

We obtain the following equations for the critical points (a, b):

a = 2b

a = b3

2b = b3

⎧

⎨ b1 = 0

√

b3 − 2b = b(b2 − 2) = 0 ⇒ b2 = √ 2

⎩

b3 = − 2

√ √

Since a = 2b, we have a1 = 0, a2 = 2 2, a3 = −2 2. The critical points are thus

√ √ √ √

P1 = (0, 0), P2 = 2 2, 2 , P3 = −2 2, − 2

√ √ √ √

(b) Referring to Figure 14, we see that P1 = (0, 0) is a saddle point and P2 = 2 2, 2 , P3 = −2 2, − 2 are

local minima. The absolute minimum value of f is −4.

3. Find the critical points of

Find the critical points of the functions

f (x, y) = 8y 4 + x 2 + x y − 3y 2 − y 3

f (x, y) = x 2 + 2y 2 − 4y + 6x, g(x, y) = x 2 − 12x y + y

Use the contour map in Figure 17 to determine their nature (minimum, maximum, saddle point).

Use the Second Derivative Test to determine the local minimum, maximum, and saddle points. Match f (x, y) and

g(x, y) with their graphs in Figure 16. 1

−0.1

−0.2

0.5 −0.3

0 0.1 0

0.2

0.3

−0.5

−1

−1 −0.5 0 0.5 1

FIGURE 17 Contour map of f (x, y) = 8y 4 + x 2 + x y − 3y 2 − y 3 .

SOLUTION The critical points are the solutions of f x = 0 and f y = 0. That is,

f x (x, y) = 2x + y = 0

f y (x, y) = 32y 3 + x − 6y − 3y 2 = 0

The first equation gives y = −2x. We substitute in the second equation and solve for x. This gives

−256x 3 + 13x − 12x 2 = 0

−x(256x 2 + 12x − 13) = 0

−12 ± 122 − 4 · 256 · (−13) −12 ± 116 13 1

x 1,2 = = ⇒ x= or −

512 512 64 4

Substituting in y = −2x gives the y-coordinates of the critical points. The critical points are thus

13 13 1 1

(0, 0), ,− , − ,

64 32 4 2

We now use the contour map to determine the type of each critical point. The level curves through (0, 0) consist of two

intersecting lines that divide the neighborhood near (0, 0) into four regions. The function is decreasing in they direction

and increasing in the x-direction. Therefore, (0, 0) is a saddle point. The level curves near the critical points 13

64 , − 13

32

and − 14 , 12 are closed curves encircling the points, hence these are local minima or maxima. The graph shows that

13 , − 13 is a local maximum and − 1 , 1 is a local minimum.

64 32 4 2

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 395

In Exercises 5–20, find the critical points of the function. Then use the Second Derivative Test to determine whether they

Let f (x, y) = y 2 x − yx 2 + x y.

are local minima or maxima (or state that the test fails).

(a) Show that the critical points (x, y) satisfy the equations

5. f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 − x y + x

y(y − 2x + 1) = 0, x(2y − x + 1) = 0

SOLUTION

Step(b) Showthe

1. Find thatcritical

there are threeWe

points. critical points

set the with either

first-order x=

partial 0 or y = 0of(or

derivatives both)

f (x, y) and

= xone

2 +critical

y 2 − xpoint

y + xwith y =

x, to

equal 0.

zero

(c) Use the second derivative to determine the nature of the critical points.

and solve:

f x (x, y) = 2x − y + 1 = 0 (1)

f y (x, y) = 2y − x = 0 (2)

Equation (2) implies that x = 2y. Substituting in (1) and solving for y gives

1

2 · 2y − y + 1 = 0 ⇒ 3y = −1 ⇒ y=−

3

The corresponding value of x is x = 2 · − 13 = − 23 . The critical point is − 23 , − 13 .

Step 2. Compute the Discriminant. We find the second-order partials:

The discriminant is

2 1 2 1

D − ,− = 3 > 0 and f x x − , − =2>0

3 3 3 3

The Second Derivative Test implies that f − 23 , − 13 is a local minimum.

7. f (x, y) = x 3 y + 12x 2 − 8y

f (x, y) = x 3 − x y + y 3

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first-order partial derivatives of f (x, y) = x 3 y + 12x 2 − 8y equal to zero

and solve:

f y (x, y) = x 3 − 8 = 0 (2)

Equation (2) implies that x = 2. We substitute in equation (1) and solve for y to obtain

6(2y + 8) = 0 or y = −4

Step 2. Compute the Discriminant. We find the second-order partials:

f x x (x, y) = 6x y + 24, f yy = 0, f x y = 3x 2

9. f (x, y) = 4x −33x 3 − 2x y 2 2

f (x, y) = x + 2x y − 2y − 10x

SOLUTION

396 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first-order derivatives of f (x, y) = 4x − 3x 3 − 2x y 2 equal to zero and solve:

f x (x, y) = 4 − 9x 2 − 2y 2 = 0 (1)

f y (x, y) = −4x y = 0 (2)

√ √

4 − 2y 2 = 0 ⇒ y 2 = 2 ⇒ y = 2, y=− 2

2 2

4 − 9x 2 = 0 ⇒ 9x 2 = 4 ⇒ x= , x =−

3 3

The critical points are therefore

√

√ 2 2

0, 2 , 0, − 2 , ,0 , − ,0

3 3

Step 2. Compute the discriminant. The second-order partials are

√

D 0, 2 = −32 < 0

√

D 0, − 2 = −32 < 0

2 4

D , 0 = 72 · = 32 > 0,

3 9

2 2

fx x , 0 = −18 · = −12 < 0

3 3

2 4

D − , 0 = 72 · = 32 > 0,

3 9

2 2

f x x − , 0 = −18 · − = 12 > 0

3 3

√

The Second Derivative Test implies that the points 0, ± 2 are the saddle points, f 23 , 0 is a local maximum, and

f − 23 , 0 is a local minimum.

f (x, y) = x + y − 6x − 2y 2

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first-order derivatives of f (x, y) = x 4 + y 4 − 4x y equal to zero and solve:

Equation (1) implies that y = x 3 . Substituting in (2) and solving for x, we obtain

3

(x 3 ) − x = x 9 − x = x(x 8 − 1) = 0 ⇒ x = 0, x = 1, x = −1

y = 03 = 0, y = 13 = 1, y = (−1)3 = −1

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 397

D(1, 1) = 144 − 16 = 128 > 0, f x x (1, 1) = 12 > 0

D(−1, −1) = 144 − 16 = 128 > 0, f x x (−1, −1) = 12 > 0

We conclude that (0, 0) is a saddle point, whereas f (1, 1) and f (−1, −1) are local minima.

2 2

f (x, y) = e x −y +4y

2 2

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We compute the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = x ye−x −y , using the Product Rule

2 2

f x (x, y, z) = y 1 · e−x −y + xe−x −y · (−2x) = ye−x −y 1 − 2x 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

f y (x, y, z) = x 1 · e−x −y + ye−x −y · (−2y) = xe−x −y 1 − 2y 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

We set the partial derivatives equal to zero and solve to find the critical points. This gives

ye−x −y 1 − 2x 2 = 0

2 2

xe−x −y 1 − 2y 2 = 0

2 2

2 2

2 2

each of these values in the second equation and solve to obtain

xe−x = 0

2

y = 0: ⇒ x =0

1 1 1

1

e− 2 −y

2

x= √ : √ 1 − 2y 2 = 0 ⇒ 1 − 2y 2 = 0 ⇒ y = ±√

2 2 2

1 1 1

1

− √ e− 2 −y 1 − 2y 2 = 0

2

x = −√ : ⇒ 1 − 2y 2 = 0 ⇒ y = ±√

2 2 2

We obtain the following critical points: (0, 0),

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

√ ,√ , √ ,−√ , −√ , √ , −√ ,−√

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Step 2. Compute the second-order partials.

∂ −x 2 −y 2

1 − 2x 2 = y e−x −y (−2x) 1 − 2x 2 + e−x −y (−4x)

2 2 2 2

f x x (x, y) = y e

∂x

= −2x ye−x −y 3 − 2x 2

2 2

∂ −x 2 −y 2

1 − 2y 2 = x e−x −y (−2y) 1 − 2y 2 + e−x −y (−4y)

2 2 2 2

f yy (x, y) = x e

∂y

= −2yxe−x −y 3 − 2y 2

2 2

∂ ∂

ye−x −y = 1 − 2x 2 1 · e−x −y + ye−x −y (−2y)

2 2 2 2 2 2

f x y (x, y) = f x = 1 − 2x 2

∂y ∂y

= e−x −y 1 − 2x 2 1 − 2y 2

2 2

The discriminant is

D(x, y) = f x x f yy − f x2y

398 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 3. Apply the Second Derivative Test. We construct the following table:

(0, 0) 0 0 1 −1 D < 0, saddle point

√1 , √1 − 2e − 2e 0 4 D > 0, f x x < 0 local maximum

2 2 e2

√1 , − √1 2 2 0 4 D > 0, f x x > 0 local minimum

2 2 e e e2

− √1 , √1 2

e

2

e 0 4 D > 0, f x x > 0 local minimum

2 2 e2

− √1 , − √1 − 2e − 2e 0 4 D > 0, f x x < 0 local maximum

2 2 e2

15. f (x, y) = e x − xe y

f (x, y) = x ln(x + y)

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first-order derivatives of f (x, y) = e x − xe y equal to zero and solve:

f x (x, y) = e x − e y = 0

f y (x, y) = −xe y = 0

Since e y = 0, the second equation gives x = 0. Substituting in the first equation, we get

e0 − e y = 1 − e y = 0 ⇒ ey = 1 ⇒ y=0

Step 2. Compute the discriminant. We find the second-order partial derivatives:

∂

x

f x x (x, y) = e − e y = ex

∂x

∂

f yy (x, y) = −xe y = −xe y

∂y

∂

x

f x y (x, y) = e − e y = −e y

∂y

The discriminant is

D(0, 0) = 0 − e0 = −1 < 0

17. f (x, y) = ln x + 2 ln y − x −

2

4y

f (x, y) = (x + 3y)e y−x

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first-order partials of f (x, y) = ln x + 2 ln y − x − 4y equal to zero and

solve:

1 2

f x (x, y) = − 1 = 0, f y (x, y) = −4=0

x y

The first equation gives x = 1, and the second equation gives y = 12 . We obtain the critical point 1, 12 . Notice that f x

and f y do not exist if x = 0 ory = 0, respectively, but these are not critical points since they are not in the domain of f .

The critical point is thus 1, 12 .

Step 2. Compute the discriminant. We find the second-order partials:

1 2

f x x (x, y) = − 2 , f yy (x, y) = − 2 , f x y (x, y) = 0

x y

The discriminant is

2

D(x, y) = f x x f yy − f x2y = 2 2

x y

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 399

1 2 1 1

D 1, = 2 = 8 > 0, f x x 1, = − 2 = −1 < 0

2 2 1

12 · 12

We conclude that f 1, 12 is a local maximum.

f (x, y) = (x 2 + y 2 )e−x −y

SOLUTION

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = x − y 2 − ln(x + y) equal to zero and solve.

1 1

f x (x, y) = 1 − = 0, f y (x, y) = −2y − =0

x+y x+y

1 = 1. Substituting in the second equation gives

The first equation implies that x+y

1

−2y − 1 = 0 ⇒ 2y = −1 ⇒ y=−

2

1 1 3

1− =0 ⇒ x− =1 ⇒ x=

x − 12 2 2

We obtain the critical point 32 , − 12 . Notice that although f x and f y do not exist where x + y = 0, these are not critical

points since f is not defined at these points.

Step 2. Compute the discriminant. We compute the second-order partial derivatives:

∂ 1 1

f x x (x, y) = 1− =

∂x x+y (x + y)2

∂ 1 1

f yy (x, y) = −2y − = −2 +

∂y x+y (x + y)2

∂ 1 1

f x y (x, y) = 1− =

∂y x+y (x + y)2

The discriminant is

1 1 1 −2

D(x, y) = f x x f yy − f x2y = −2 + − =

(x + y)2 (x + y)2 (x + y)4 (x + y)2

Step 3. Apply the Second Derivative Test. We have

3 1 −2

D ,− = 2 = −2 < 0

2 2 3 − 1

2 2

We conclude that 32 , − 12 is a saddle point.

21. Show that f (x, y) = xx22−y+2 y 2 has one critical point P and that f is nondifferentiable at P. Show that f (P) is an

(x, y) = (x

absolutefminimum − y)e

value.

SOLUTION Since f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 ≥ 0 and f (0, 0) = 0, f (0, 0) is an absolute minimum value. To find the

critical point of f we first find the first derivatives:

∂ 2x x

f x (x, y) = x 2 + y2 = =

∂x 2 x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2

∂ 2y y

f y (x, y) = x 2 + y2 = =

∂y 2 x +y

2 2 x + y2

2

Since f x and f y do not exist at (0, 0) and the equations f x (x, y) = 0 and f y (x, y) = 0 have no solutions, the only

critical point is P = (0, 0), a point where f is non-differentiable.

(a) Find the critical points of f (x, y).

(b) Use a computer algebra system to graph f (x, y) and identify the critical points on the graph.

400 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

23. Use a computer algebra system to find numerical approximations to the critical points of

2 2

f (x, y) = (1 − x + x 2 )e y + (1 − y + y 2 )e x

x

y

2 2

FIGURE 18 Plot of the function f (x, y) = (1 − x + x 2 )e y + (1 − y + y 2 )e x .

SOLUTION The critical points are the solutions of f x (x, y) = 0 and f y (x, y) = 0. We compute the partial derivatives:

2

2

f x (x, y) = (−1 + 2x)e y + 1 − y + y 2 e x · 2x

2 2

f y (x, y) = 1 − x + x 2 e y · 2y + (−1 + 2y)e x

Hence, the critical points are the solutions of the following equations:

2

2

(2x − 1)e y + 2x 1 − y + y 2 e x = 0

2

2

(2y − 1)e x + 2y 1 − x + x 2 e y = 0

Using a CAS we obtain the following solution: x = y = 0.27788, which from the figure is a local minimum.

25. Which of the following domains are closed and which are bounded?

Use the contour

2 : x 2 +map in Figure 19 to determine whether the critical points A, B, C, D are local minima, maxima,

(a) {(x, y) ∈ R

or saddle points. y 2 ≤ 1}

(b) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x 2 + y 2 < 1}

(c) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x ≥ 0}

(d) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x > 0, y > 0}

(e) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : 1 ≤ x ≤ 4, 5 ≤ y ≤ 10}

(f) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x > 0, x 2 + y 2 ≤ 10}

SOLUTION

(a) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x 2 + y 2 ≤ 1}: This domain is bounded since it is contained, for instance, in the disk x 2 + y 2 < 2.

The domain is also closed since it contains all of its boundary points, which are the points on the unit circle x 2 + y 2 = 1.

(b) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x 2 + y 2 < 1}: The domain is contained in the disk x 2 + y 2 < 1, hence it is bounded. It is not closed

since its boundary x 2 + y 2 = 1 is not contained in the domain.

(c) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x ≥ 0}:

y

This domain is not contained in any disk, hence it is not bounded. However, the domain contains its boundary x = 0 (the

y-axis), hence it is closed.

(d) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x > 0, y > 0}:

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 401

The domain is not contained in any disk, hence it is not bounded. The boundary is the positive x and y axes, and it is not

contained in the domain, therefore the domain is not closed.

(e) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : 1 ≤ x ≤ 4, 5 ≤ y ≤ 10}:

y

D (1, 10) C (4, 10)

10

7.5

A (1, 5) B (4, 5)

x

1 4

This domain is contained in the disk x 2 + y 2 ≤ 112 , hence it is bounded. Moreover, the domain contains its boundary,

which consists of the segments AB, BC, C D, AD shown in the figure, therefore the domain is closed.

(f) {(x, y) ∈ R2 : x > 0, x 2 + y 2 ≤ 10}:

y

This domain is bounded since it is contained in the disk x 2 + y 2 ≤ 10. It is not closed since the part {(0, y) ∈ R2 : |y| ≤

√

10} of its boundary is not contained in the domain.

In Exercises 26–29, determine the global extreme values of the function on the given set without using calculus.

27. f (x, y) = 2x − y, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, 0 ≤ y ≤ 3

f (x, y) = x + y, 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1

SOLUTION f is maximum when x is maximum and y is minimum, that is x = 1 and y = 0. f is minimum when

x is minimum and y is maximum, that is, x = 0, y = 3. Therefore, the global maximum of f in the set is f (1, 0) =

2 · 1 − 0 = 2 and the global minimum is f (0, 3) = 2 · 0 − 3 = −3.

2 2

, x 2 + y2 ≤ 1

f (x, y) = (x 2 + y 2 + 1)−1 , 0 ≤ x ≤ 3, 0 ≤ y ≤ 5

SOLUTION The function f (x, y) = e−(x +y ) = 2 2 is maximum when e x +y is minimum, that is, when x 2 + y 2

2 2 1 2 2

x +y e

is minimum. The minimum value of x 2 + y 2 on the given set is zero, obtained at x = 0 and y = 0. We conclude that the

maximum value of f on the given set is

f (0, 0) = e−0 −0 = e0 = 1

2 2

f is minimum when x 2 + y 2 is maximum, that is, when x 2 + y 2 = 1. Thus, the minimum value of f on the given disk

is obtained on the boundary of the disk, and it is e−1 = 1e .

31. Let D = {(x, y) : x > 0, y > 0}. Show that D is not closed. Find a continuous function that does not have a global

minimum value on D. Matter Show that f (x, y) = x + y has no global minimum or maximum on the domain 0 <

Assumptions

x, y < 1. Does this contradict Theorem 3?

SOLUTION The boundary of D consists of two rays: the positive x and y axes.

402 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

x

x > 0, y > 0

1 is continuous on D (since

These rays are not contained in D, therefore D is not closed. The function f (x, y) = − x+y

x + y = 0 in D). However, f does not have a global minimum value on D, since lim − x+x 1 = −∞. Thus, when

x→0+

x approaches zero along the ray {(x, x) : x > 0}, the values of f are decreasing without bound.

33. Let f (x, y) = (x + y) ln(x 2 + y 2 ), defined for (x, y) =2(0, 0).

The goal is to find the extreme values of f (x, y) = x − 2x y + 2y on the square 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 2 (Figure 20).

(a) Show that if (x, y) is a critical point of f (x, y), then either x = y or x = −y. Determine the critical points (four in

all). (a) Evaluate f at the critical points that lie in the square.

(b) (b) On the

Plotbottom

a graphedge

of fof(x, and useyit=to0determine

they)square, and f (x, 0) = x 2 .these

whether Find critical

the extreme

pointsvalues of f on minima,

are maxima, the bottom edge.

or neither.

(c)

SOLUTION Find the extreme values of f on the remaining edges of the square.

(d) Find

(a) This the done

is best largest

byand smallest to

converting values

polarofcoordinates.

f among theWevalues computed

see that f (r, θin

) =(a),(r(b),

cosand

θ +(c).

r sin θ ) ln r 2 , or in other

words, f (r, θ ) = (cos θ + sin θ )2r ln r . We take derivatives and find that

∂f ∂f

= (cos θ + sin θ )(2 ln r + 2), = (− sin θ + cos θ )(2r ln r )

∂r ∂θ

Since a critical point makes both equations equal to zero, and since 2 ln r + 2 and 2r ln r can’t both be zero at the same

r , we get that either cos θ + sin θ = 0 or − sin θ + cos θ = 0, which means either √ x = y or√x = −y. These

√ solutions

√

lead√to r = √ 1 and r = 1/e, √ respectively,

√ giving us our four critical points of (1/e 2, 1/e 2), (−1/e 2, −1/e 2),

(1/ 2, −1/ 2), and (−1/ 2, 1/ 2). √ √ √ √ √ √

(b) Looking at a graph,√ we see√ that (1/ 2, −1/ 2) and (−1/ 2, 1/ 2) are saddle points, while (1/e 2, 1/e 2) is a

minimum and (−1/e 2, −1/e 2) is a maximum.

z

1

0.5 −1.5

−1.5

0 y

1

Let

In Exercises x 4 − 4x

f (x, y) =35–41, y + 2y 2 .the global extreme values of the function on the given domain.

determine

(a) Find the critical points of f (x, y).

35. f (x, y) = x 3 − 2y, 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1

(b) Use a plot to determine whether the critical points are maxima, minima, or saddle points. Then confirm this

SOLUTION We use the following steps.

result using the Second Derivative Test.

Step 1. Find the critical points. We set the first derivative equal to zero and solve:

f x (x, y) = 3x 2 = 0, f y (x, y) = −2

The two equations have no solutions, hence there are no critical points.

Step 2. Check the boundary. The extreme values occur either at the critical points or at a point on the boundary of the

domain. Since there are no critical points, the extreme values occur at boundary points. We consider each edge of the

square 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1 separately.

The segment O A: On this segment y = 0, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, and f takes the values f (x, 0) = x 3 . The minimum value is

f (0, 0) = 0 and the maximum value is f (1, 0) = 1.

y

C (0, 1) B (1, 1)

x

D (0, 0) A (1, 0)

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 403

The segment AB: On this segment x = 1, 0 ≤ y ≤ 1, and f takes the values f (1, y) = 1 − 2y. The minimum value

is f (1, 1) = 1 − 2 · 1 = −1 and the maximum value is f (1, 0) = 1 − 2 · 0 = 1.

The segment BC: On this segment y = 1, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, and f takes the values f (x, 1) = x 3 − 2. The minimum value

is f (0, 1) = 03 − 2 = −2 and the maximum value is f (1, 1) = 13 − 2 = −1.

The segment OC: On this segment x = 0, 0 ≤ y ≤ 1, and f takes the values f (0, y) = −2y. The minimum value is

f (0, 1) = −2 · 1 = −2 and the maximum value is f (0, 0) = −2 · 0 = 0.

Step 3. Conclusions. The values obtained in the previous steps are

The smallest value is f (0, 1) = −2 and it is the global minimum of f on the square. The global maximum is the largest

value f (1, 0) = 1.

y) = 2 2 , 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1

y)x= +

4x2y

+ 3y, 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1

SOLUTION The sum x 2 + 2y 2 is maximum at the point (1, 1), where x 2 and y 2 are maximum. It is minimum if

x = y = 0, that is, at the point (0, 0). Hence,

Global minimum = f (0, 0) = 02 + 2 · 02 = 0

39. f (x, y) = x 3 + x 2 y + 2y 2 , 2 x, y2 ≥ 0, x + y ≤ 1

f (x, y) = (4y 2 − x 2 )e−x −y , x 2 + y 2 ≤ 2

SOLUTION We use the following steps.

Step 1. Examine the critical points. We find the critical points of f (x, y) = x 3 + x 2 y + 2y 2 in the interior of the domain

(the standard region in the figure).

y

B (0, 1)

x

0 A (1, 0)

f y (x, y) = x 2 + 4y = 0

The first equation gives x = 0 or y = − 32 x. Substituting x = 0 in the second equation gives 4y = 0 or y = 0. We obtain

the critical point (0, 0). We now substitute y = − 32 x in the second equation and solve for x:

3

x 2 + 4 · − x = x 2 − 6x = x(x − 6) = 0 ⇒ x = 0, x = 6

2

We get the critical points (0, 0) and (6, −9). None of the critical points (0, 0) and (6, −9) is in the interior of the domain.

Step 2. Check the boundary. The boundary consists of the three segments O A, O B, and AB shown in the figure. We

consider each part of the boundary separately.

The segment O A: On this segment y = 0, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, and f (x, y) = f (x, 0) = x 3 . The minimum value is

f (0, 0) = 03 = 0 and the maximum value is f (1, 0) = 13 = 1.

The segment O B: On this segment x = 0, 0 ≤ y ≤ 1, and f (x, y) = f (0, y) = 2y 2 . The minimum value is

f (0, 0) = 2 · 02 = 0 and the maximum value is f (0, 1) = 2 · 12 = 2.

The segment AB: On this segment y = 1 − x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1, and

f (x, y) = x 3 + x 2 (1 − x) + 2(1 − x)2 = x 3 + x 2 − x 3 + 2 1 − 2x + x 2 = 3x 2 − 4x + 2

We find the extreme values of g(x) = 3x 2 − 4x + 2 in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 1. With the aid of the graph of g(x), and

with setting the derivative g equal to 0, we find that the minimum value is

2

2 2 1 2 2 2

g = f , =3· −4· +2=

3 3 3 3 3 3

404 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

g(0) = f (0, 1) = 3 · 02 − 4 · 0 + 2 = 2

y

g(x) = 3x 2 − 4x + 2

x

0 2 1

3

Step 3. Conclusions. We compare the values of f (x, y) at the points obtained in step (2), and determine the global

extrema of f (x, y). This gives

2 1 2

f (0, 0) = 0, f (1, 0) = 1, f (0, 1) = 2, f , =

3 3 3

We conclude that the global minimum of f in the given domain is f (0, 0) = 0 and the global maximum is f (0, 1) = 2.

√

41. f (x, y) = x 3 y 5 , the set bounded by x = 0, y = 0, and y = 1 − x. Hint: Use a computer algebra system

f (x, y) = x 3 + y 3 − 3x y, 0 ≤ x, y ≤ 1 √ √

to find the minimum along the boundary curve y = 1 − x, which is parametrized by (t, 1 − t) for 0 ≤ t ≤ 1.

SOLUTION

B (0, 1)

y=1− x

x

0 A (1, 0)

Step 1. Examine the critical points. We find the critical points of f (x, y) = x 3 y 5 in the interior of the domain. Setting

the partial derivatives equal to zero and solving gives

f x (x, y) = 3x 2 y 5 = 0, f y (x, y) = 5y 4 x 3 = 0

The solutions are all the points with at least one zero coordinate. These points are not in the interior of the region, hence

there are no critical points in the interior of the region.

Step 2. Check the boundary. We consider each part of the boundary separately.

The segment O A: On this segment y = 0 and f (x, 0) = 0, hence f has the constant value 0 on this part of the

boundary.

The segment O B: On this segment x = 0, hence f (0, y) = 03 · y 5 = 0. f attains the constant value 0 on this part of

the boundary.

√

√ 5

The curve y = 1 − x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1: On this curve we have f (x, y) = g(x) = x 3 1 − x .

√ 5

We find the points on the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 where g(x) = x 3 1 − x has maximum and minimum values. Differen-

tiating g gives

√ 5

√ 4 −1

√ 5 5

√ 4

g (x) = 3x 2 1 − x + x 3 · 5 1 − x · √ = 3x 2 1 − x − x 2.5 1 − x

2 x 2

√ 4 √ 5 √

√ 4 11 √

= x2 1 − x 3−3 x − x = x2 1 − x 3− x

2 2

√ 4 11 √ √ 11 √

g (x) = x 2 1 − x 3− x =0 ⇒ x = 0, 1− x = 0, 3− x=0

2 2

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 405

The solutions are x = 0, x = 1, and x = 121

121

√ 5

3

g(x) = x 1 − x at the critical point and at the endpoints x = 0, x = 1:

36 36 3 6 5

g(0) = g(1) = 0, g = 1− ≈ 0.0005

121 121 11

The points where g has extreme values in √ the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 are x = 0, x = 1, and x = 121 36 . We find the

y-coordinates of these points from y = 1 − x:

√

x = 0: y = 1 − 0 = 1

√

x = 1: y = 1 − 1 = 0

36 36 5

x= : y =1− =

121 121 11

√

We conclude

that the global extrema of f on the curve y = 1 − x, 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 are obtained at the points (0, 1), (1, 0),

36 , 5 .

and 121 11

Step 3. Conclusions. We examine the values of f (x, y) = x 3 y 5 at the points obtained in the previous parts. The candi-

dates for global extrema are f = 0, the values of f on the segments O A and O B:

f (0, 1) = f (1, 0) = 0

36 5 36 3 5 5

f , = = 0.0005

121 11 121 11

We conclude that the minimum value of f (x, y) in the given domain is 0 and the maximum value is f 36 5

121 , 11 ≈

0.0005.

43. ShowConsider

that the arectangular

rectangularbox

box(including

B with a abottom and

top and sides but

bottom) withnofixed

top such thatVBwith

volume has minimal surface

the smallest area

possible

among all boxes

surface with

area is fixed(Figure

a cube volume21).

V.

(a) Do you think B is a cube as in the solution to Exercise 42? If not, how would you make its shape differ from a cube?

(b) Find the dimensions of B and compare with your response to (a).

SOLUTION

(a) Each of the variables x and y is the length of a side of three faces (for example, x is the length of the front, back, and

bottom sides), whereas z is the length of a side of four faces.

y

z

not have equal influence on the surface area. We expect that in the box B with

minimal surface area, z is smaller than 3 V , which is the side of a cube with volume V .

(b) We must find the dimensions of the box B, with fixed volume V and with smallest possible surface area, when the

top is not included.

Step 1. Find a function to be minimized. The surface area of the box with sides lengths x, y, z when the top is not

included is

S = 2x z + 2yz + x y (1)

y

z

To express the surface in terms of x and y only, we use the formula for the volume of the box, V = x yz, giving z = xVy .

We substitute in (1) to obtain

V V 2V 2V

S = 2x · + 2y · + xy = + + xy

xy xy y x

406 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

That is,

2V 2V

S= + + x y.

y x

Step 2. Determine the domain. The variables x, y denote lengths, hence they must be nonnegative. Moreover, S is not

defined for x = 0 or y = 0. Since there are no other limitations on the variables, the domain is

We must find the minimum value of S on D. Because this domain is neither closed nor bounded, we are not sure that a

minimum value exists. However, it can be proved (in like manner as in Exercise 42) that S does have a minimum value

on D. This value occurs at a critical point in D, hence we set the partial derivatives equal to zero and solve. This gives

2V

Sx (x, y) = − 2 + y = 0

x

2V

S y (x, y) = − 2 + x = 0

y

The first equation gives y = 2V2 . Substituting in the second equation yields

x

2V x4 x3

x− =x− = x 1− =0

4V 2 2V 2V

x4

The solutions are x = 0 and x = (2V )1/3 . The solution x = 0 is not included in D, so the only solution is x = (2V )1/3 .

We find the value of y using y = 2V2 :

x

2V

y= = (2V )1/3

(2V )2/3

We conclude that the critical point, which is the point where the minimum value of S in D occurs, is (2V )1/3 , (2V )1/3 .

We find the corresponding value of z using z = xVy . We get

V V V 1/3 V 1/3

z= = = =

(2V )1/3 (2V )1/3 22/3 V 2/3 22/3 4

We conclude that the sizes of the box with minimum surface area are

width: x = (2V )1/3 ;

length: y = (2V )1/3 ;

1/3

height: z = V4 .

45. The power (in microwatts) of a laser is measured as a function of current (in milliamps). Find the linear least-squares

Given n data points (x 1 , y1 ), . . . , (x n , yn ), we may seek a linear function f (x) = mx + b that best fits the data.

fit (Exercise 44) for the data points.

The linear least-squares fit is the linear function f (x) = mx + b that minimizes the sum of the squares (Figure 22)

Current (mA) 1.0

1.1

n 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

E(m, b) = (y j − f (x j ))2

Laser power (μ W) 0.52 0.56j=1

0.82 0.78 1.23 1.50

Show thatBy

SOLUTION E Exercise

is minimized forcoefficients

44, the of the linear least-square fit f (x) = mx + b are determined by the follow-

m and b satisfying

ing equations:

n n

mn x j + bn

=n yj

m x j + bn =

j=1 yj

j=1

j=1 j=1

n n n

mn

x 2j +

nb =n

xj xj yj

m x 2j + b

j=1 xj =

j=1 xj · yj

j=1 (1)

j=1 j=1 j=1

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 407

(x 5 , y5 ) = (1.4, 1.23), (x 6 , y6 ) = (1.5, 1.50).

6

x j = 1 + 1.1 + 1.2 + 1.3 + 1.4 + 1.5 = 7.5

j=1

6

y j = 0.52 + 0.56 + 0.82 + 0.78 + 1.23 + 1.50 = 5.41

j=1

6

x 2j = 12 + 1.12 + 1.22 + 1.32 + 1.42 + 1.52 = 9.55

j=1

6

x j · y j = 1 · 0.52 + 1.1 · 0.56 + 1.2 · 0.82 + 1.3 · 0.78 + 1.4 · 1.23 + 1.5 · 1.50 = 7.106

j=1

7.5m + 6b = 5.41

9.55m + 7.5b = 7.106 (2)

We multiply the first equation by 9.55 and the second by (−7.5), then add the resulting equations. This gives

+ −71.625m − 56.25b = −53.295 ⇒ b = −1.5519

1.05b = −1.6295

We now substitute b = −1.5519 in the first equation in (2) and solve for m:

7.5m + 6 · (−1.5519)=5.41

⇒ m = 1.9629

7.5m=14.7214

if α , β ≥ 1 are was proposed

numbers suchby that α −1 as

Fermat −1 = 1, to

+ aβchallenge thethe

then Italian scientist

following Evangelista

inequality Torricelli

holds for all

x, y ≥ 0: a student of Galileo and inventor of the barometer. Given three points A = (a1 , a2 ), B = (b1 , b2 ), and

(1608–1647),

C = (c1 , c2 ) in the plane, find the point P = (x, y) that minimizes the sum of the distances

1 α 1 β

f (x, y)α=x A+P+ x ≥ xy

β BP + CP

(a) Write out f (x, y) as a function of x and y, and show that f (x, y) is differentiable except at the points A, B, C.

For example,

(b) Define the unit vectors

1 3 2 3/2 2 5/2 3 5/3

x + −→ y ≥ x y, −5→x + y ≥

−→x y, etc.

3 3A P BP 5 CP

e = −→ , f = −→ , g = −→

Hint: Find the critical points of f (x, y)A=Pα −1 x α + β−1 x β − x y.

B P C P

Show that the condition ∇ f = 0 is equivalent to

e+f+g=0 3

Prove that Eq. (3) holds if and only if the mutual angles between the unit vectors are all 120◦ .

(c) Define the Fermat point to be the point P such that angles between the segments A P, B P, C P are all 120◦ . Conclude

that the Fermat point solves the minimization problem (Figure 23).

(d) Show that the Fermat point does not exist if one of the angles in ABC is ≥ 120◦ . Where does the minimum occur

in this case? Hint: The minimum must occur at a point where f (x, y) is not differentiable.

408 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

B

A

f

e

P

B

g

140˚

C

A

C

(A) P is the Fermat point (B) Fermat point does not exist.

(the angles between e,

f, and g are all 120˚).

FIGURE 23

SOLUTION

(a)

P(x, y)

A(a 1 , a 2 )

B(b 1 , b 2 )

C(c 1 , c 2 )

f (x, y) = (x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2 + (x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2 + (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

x − a1 x − b1 x − c1

f x (x, y) = + + (1)

(x − a1 ) + (y − a2 )

2 2 (x − b1 ) + (y − b2 )

2 2 (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

y − a2 y − b2 y − c2

f y (x, y) = + + (2)

(x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2 (x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2 (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

For all (x, y) other then (a1 , a2 ), (b1 , b2 ), (c1 , c2 ) the partial derivatives are continuous, therefore the Criterion for

Differentiability implies that f is differentiable at all points other than A, B, and C.

(b)

P e

A

f

B

x − a1 , y − a2

e=

(x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2

x − b1 , y − b2

f=

(x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2

x − c1 , y − c2

g=

(x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

x − a1 , y − a2 x − b1 , y − b2 x − c1 , y − c2

e+f+g= + +

(x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2 (x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2 (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

S E C T I O N 15.7 Optimization in Several Variables (ET Section 14.7) 409

x − a1 x − b1 x − c1

= + + ,

(x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2 (x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2 (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

y − a2 y − b2 y − c2

+ +

(x − a1 )2 + (y − a2 )2 (x − b1 )2 + (y − b2 )2 (x − c1 )2 + (y − c2 )2

e + f + g = f x (x, y), f y (x, y) = ∇ f

Therefore, the condition ∇ f = 0 is equivalent to e + f + g = 0. We now show that Eq. (3) holds if and only if the mutual

angles between the unit vectors are all 120◦ . We place the axes so that the positive x-axis is in the direction of e.

y

g

a f

q x

e

Let θ and α be the angles that f and g make with e, respectively. Hence,

Substituting in e + f + g = 0 we have

or

cos θ + cos α + 1 = 0

sin θ + sin α = 0

θ = 180 + α , θ = 360 − α

We substitute each solution in the first equation and solve for α . This gives

θ = 180 + α θ = 360◦ − α

cos(180 + α ) + cos α + 1 = 0 cos(360◦ − α ) + cos α + 1 = 0

− cos α + cos α + 1 = 0 cos α + cos α + 1 = 0

1=0 2 cos α = −1

cos α = − 12

α = 120◦ α = 240◦

⇒

θ = 360◦ − α = 240◦ θ = 360◦ − α = 120◦

e = 1, 0 , f = cos 240◦ , sin 240◦ , g = cos 120◦ , sin 120◦

or

e = 1, 0 , f = cos 120◦ , sin 120◦ , g = cos 240◦ , sin 240◦

410 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

f

120°

x

120° e

120°

g

or

y

B

A C

f

g e 120° g

120° P 120°

e P

x 120° 120° A 120°

120° e

120°

120°

f f g

B C

(c) f (x, y) has the minimum value at a critical point. The critical points are the points where f x and f y are 0 or do not

exist, that is, the points A, B, C and the point where ∇ f = 0, which according to part (b) is the Fermat point. We now

show that if the Fermat point P exists, then f (P) ≤ f ( A), f (B), f (C).

A

120° 120°

P

120°

B C

Suppose that the Fermat point P exists. The values of f at the critical points are

f ( A) = AB + AC

f (B) = AB + BC

f (C) = AC + BC

f (P) = A P + B P + PC

We show that f (P) < f ( A). Similarly it can be shown that also f (P) < f (B) and f (P) < f (C). By the Cosine

Theorem for the triangles AB P and AC P we have

2 2 ◦ 2 2

AB = A P + B P − 2 A P · B P cos 120 = A P + B P + A P · B P

2 2 ◦ 2 2

AC = A P + C P − 2 A P · PC cos 120 = A P + C P + A P · PC

Hence

2 2 2 2

f ( A) = AB + AC = AP + B P + AP · B P + A P + C P + A P · PC

≥ A P + B P + PC = f (P)

The last inequality can be verified by squaring and transfering sides. It’s best to use a computer to help with the algebra;

it’s a daunting task to do by hand.

(d) We show that if one of the angles of ABC is ≥ 120◦ , then the Fermat point does not exist. Notice that the Fermat

point (if it exists) must fall inside the triangle ABC.

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 411

C

B 120°

120°

120°

A

1 2

120° 120°

P

1 120° 1

B C

A2 + C1 + 120◦ = 180◦ ⇒ A2 = 60◦ − C1

Therefore,

A = A1 + A2 = 60◦ − B1 + 60◦ − C1 = 120◦ − (B1 + C1 ) < 120◦

We thus showed that if the Fermat point exists, then A < 120◦ . Similarly, one shows also that B and C must be

smaller than 120◦ . We conclude that if one of the angles in ABC is equal or greater than 120◦ , then the Fermat point

does not exist. In that case, the minimum value of f (x, y) occurs at a point where f x or f y do not exist, that is, at one of

the points A, B, or C.

Preliminary Questions

1. Suppose that the maximum of f (x, y) subject to the constraint g(x, y) = 0 occurs at a point P = (a, b) such that

∇ f P = 0. Which of the following are true?

(a) ∇ f P is tangent to g(x, y) = 0 at P

412 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION The level curve f (x, y) = 2 is tangent to the constraint curve at the point A. A close level curve that

intersects the constraint curve is f (x, y) = 1, hence we may assume that f has a local maximum 2 under the constraint

at A. The level curve f (x, y) = 3 is tangent to the constraint curve. However, in approaching B under the constraint,

from one side f is increasing and from the other side f is decreasing. Therefore, f (B) is neither local minimum nor

local maximum of f under the constraint.

3. On the contour map in Figure 9:

(a) Identify the points where ∇ f = λ ∇g for some scalar λ .

(b) Identify the minimum and maximum values of f (x, y) subject to g(x, y) = 0.

y

−4 −2 2 6

Graph of

g (x, y) = 0

6 2 −2 −6

(contour interval 2)

FIGURE 9 Contour map of f (x, y); contour interval 2.

SOLUTION

(a) The gradient ∇g is orthogonal to the constraint curve g(x, y) = 0, and ∇ f is orthogonal to the level curves of f .

These two vectors are parallel at the points where the level curve of f is tangent to the constraint curve. These are the

points A, B, C, D, E in the figure:

−6 −2 2 6

∇fA, ∇gA g(x, y) = 0

A B

C

E D

6 2 −2 −6

(b) The minimum and maximum occur where the level curve of f is tangent to the constraint curve. The level curves

tangent to the constraint curve are

Therefore the global minimum of f under the constraint is −4 and the global maximum is 6.

Exercises

1. Use Lagrange multipliers to find the extreme values of the function f (x, y) = 2x + 4y subject to the constraint

g(x, y) = x 2 + y 2 − 5 = 0.

(a) Show that the Lagrange equation ∇ f = λ ∇g gives λ x = 1 and λ y = 2.

(b) Show that these equations imply λ = 0 and y = 2x.

(c) Use the constraint equation to determine the possible critical points (x, y).

(d) Evaluate f (x, y) at the critical points and determine the minimum and maximum values.

SOLUTION

(a) The Lagrange equations are determined by the equality ∇ f = λ ∇g. We find them:

∇ f = f x , f y = 2, 4 , ∇g = gx , g y = 2x, 2y

Hence,

or

λ (2x) = 2 λx = 1

⇒

λ (2y) = 4 λy = 2

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 413

(b) The Lagrange equations in part (a) imply that λ = 0. The first equation implies that x = λ1 and the second equation

gives y = λ2 . Therefore y = 2x.

(c) We substitute y = 2x in the constraint equation x 2 + y 2 − 5 = 0 and solve for x and y. This gives

x 2 + (2x)2 − 5 = 0

5x 2 = 5

x2 = 1 ⇒ x 1 = −1, x2 = 1

Extreme values can also occur at the points where ∇g = 2x, 2y = 0, 0. However, (0, 0) is not on the constraint.

(d) We evaluate f (x, y) = 2x + 4y at the critical points, obtaining

f (1, 2) = 2 · 1 + 4 · 2 = 10

Since f is continuous and the graph of g = 0 is closed and bounded, global minimum and maximum points exist. So

according to Theorem 1, we conclude that the maximum of f (x, y) on the constraint is 10 and the minimum is −10.

3. Apply the method of Lagrange multipliers to2 the function f (x, y) = (x 2 + 1)y subject to the constraint x 2 + y 2 = 5.

2 subject

extreme values of f (x, y) = x +

Hint: First show that y = 0; then treat the cases x = 0 and x = to

Find the 2y the constraint g(x, y) = 4x − 6y = 25.

0 separately.

(a) Show that the Lagrange equations yield 2x = 4λ , 4y = −6λ .

SOLUTION We first write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f = 2x y, x 2 + 1 and ∇g = 2x, 2y. Hence, the

(b) Show that if x = 0 or y = 0, then λ = 0 and the Lagrange equations give x = y = 0. Since (0, 0) does not

Lagrange

satisfyCondition for ∇gyou

the constraint, = may

0 is assume that x and y are nonzero.

(c) Use the Lagrange equations to show that y = −∇34 x. f = λ ∇g

(d) Substitute in the constraint equation to show that there is a unique critical point P.

(e) Does P correspond to a minimum or maximum 2x y, x 2 +value

1 = ofλ 2x, 2y to Figure 10 to justify your answer. Hint: Do

f ? Refer

the values of f (x, y) increase or decrease as (x, y) moves away from P along the line g(x, y) = 0?

We obtain the following equations:

2x y = λ (2x) 2x(y − λ ) = 0

⇒ (1)

x 2 + 1 = λ (2y) x 2 + 1 = 2λ y

The second equation implies that y = 0, since there is no real value of x such that x 2 + 1 = 0. Likewise, λ = 0. The

solutions of the first equation are x = 0 and y = λ .

Case 1: x = 0. Substituting x = 0 in the second equation gives 2λ y = 1, or y = 21λ . We substitute x = 0, y = 21λ

(recall that λ = 0) in the constraint to obtain

1 1 1 1

02 + =5 ⇒ 4λ 2 = ⇒ λ = ±√ = ± √

4λ 2 5 20 2 5

The corresponding values of y are

1 √ 1 √

y= = 5 and y= =− 5

1

2· √ 1

2 5

2· − √

2 5

√ √

0, 5 and 0, − 5

Case 2: x = 0. Then the first equation in (1) implies y = λ . Substituting in the second equation gives

x 2 + 1 = 2λ 2 ⇒ x 2 = 2λ 2 − 1

2λ 2 − 1 + λ 2 = 5

3λ 2 = 6

√

λ2 = 2 ⇒ λ =± 2

√ √ √ √

λ= 2: y= 2, x =± 2·2−1=± 3

414 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

√ √ √ √

λ = − 2: y = − 2, x =± 2·2−1=± 3

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

3, 2 , − 3, 2 , 3, − 2 , − 3, − 2

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

0, 5 , 0, − 5 , 3, 2 , − 3, 2 , 3, − 2 , − 3, − 2 .

We now calculate f (x, y) = x 2 + 1 y at the critical points:

√ √

f 0, 5 = 5 ≈ 2.24

√ √

f 0, − 5 = − 5 ≈ −2.24

√ √ √ √ √

f 3, 2 = f − 3, 2 = 4 2 ≈ 5.66

√ √ √ √ √

f 3, − 2 = f − 3, − 2 = −4 2 ≈ −5.66

√ f achieves a minimum

√and a maximum under it. We conclude

that the maximum of f (x, y) on the constraint is 4 2 and the minimum is −4 2.

In Exercises 4–13, find the minimum and maximum values of the function subject to the given constraint.

5. f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 , 2x +23y =2 6

f (x, y) = 2x + 3y, x + y = 4

SOLUTION We find the extreme values of f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 under the constraint g(x, y) = 2x + 3y − 6 = 0.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The gradients of f and g are ∇ f = 2x, 2y and ∇g = 2, 3. The Lagrange

Condition is

∇ f = λ ∇g

2x, 2y = λ 2, 3

2x = λ · 2

2y = λ · 3

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. Notice that if x = 0, then the first equation gives λ = 0, therefore by the second

equation also y = 0. The point (0, 0) does not satisfy the constraint. Similarly, if y = 0 also x = 0. We therefore may

assume that x = 0 and y = 0 and obtain by the two equations:

2

λ =x and λ= y.

3

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. Equating the two expressions for λ gives

2 3

x= y ⇒ y= x

3 2

We substitute y = 32 x in the constraint 2x + 3y = 6 and solve for x and y:

3

2x + 3 · x =6

2

12 3 12 18

13x = 12 ⇒ x= , y= · =

13 2 13 13

We obtain the critical point 12 ,

13 13

18 .

Step 4. Calculate f at the critical point. We evaluate f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 at the critical point:

2 2

12 18 12 18 468

f , = + = ≈ 2.77

13 13 13 13 169

Rewriting the constraint as y = − 23 x + 2, we see that as |x| → +∞ then so does |y|, and hence x 2 + y 2 is increasing

without bound on the constraint as |x| → ∞. We conclude that the value 468/169 is the minimum value of f under the

constraint, rather than the maximum value.

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 415

7. f (x, y) = x y, 4x 2 + 9y 2 = 32

f (x, y) = 4x 2 + 9y 2 , x y = 4

SOLUTION We find the extreme values of f (x, y) = x y under the constraint g(x, y) = 4x 2 + 9y 2 − 32 = 0.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equation. The gradient vectors are ∇ f = y, x and ∇g = 8x, 18y, hence the La-

grange Condition is

∇ f = λ ∇g

y, x = λ 8x, 18y

We obtain the following equations:

y = λ (8x)

x = λ (18y)

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. If x = 0, then the Lagrange equations also imply that y = 0 and vice versa.

Since the point (0, 0) does not satisfy the equation of the constraint, we may assume that x = 0 and y = 0. The two

equations give

y x

λ= and λ=

8x 18y

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. We equate the two expressions for λ to obtain

y x 2

= ⇒ 18y 2 = 8x 2 ⇒ y=± x

8x 18y 3

We now substitute y = ± 23 x in the equation of the constraint and solve for x and y:

2 2

4x 2 + 9 · ± x = 32

3

4x 2

4x 2 + 9 · = 32

9

8x 2 = 32 ⇒ x = −2, x =2

We find y by the relation y = ± 23 x:

2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4

y= · (−2) = − , y = − · (−2) = , y= ·2= , y =− ·2=−

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

We obtain the following critical points:

4 4 4 4

−2, − , −2, , 2, , 2, −

3 3 3 3

Extreme values can also occur at the point where ∇g = 8x, 18y = 0, 0, that is, at the point (0, 0). However, the point

does not lie on the constraint.

Step 4. Calculate f at the critical points. We evaluate f (x, y) = x y at the critical points:

4 4 8

f −2, − = f 2, =

3 3 3

4 4 8

f −2, = f 2, − =−

3 3 3

Since f is continuous and the constraint is a closed and bounded set in R 2 (an ellipse), f attains global extrema on the

constraint. We conclude that 83 is the maximum value and − 83 is the minimum value.

9. f (x, y) = x 2 +2y 2 , x 4 + y4 = 1

f (x, y) = x y + x + y, x y = 4

SOLUTION We find the extreme values of f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 under the constraint g(x, y) = x 4 + y 4 − 1 = 0.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f = 2x, 2y and ∇g = 4x 3 , 4y 3 , hence the Lagrange Condition

∇ f = λ ∇g gives

2x, 2y = λ 4x 3 , 4y 3

or

2x = λ 4x 3 x = 2λ x 3

⇒ (1)

2y = λ 4y 3 y = 2λ y 3

416 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. We first assume that x = 0 and y = 0. Then the Lagrange equations give

1 1

λ= and λ =

2x 2 2y 2

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. Equating the two expressions for λ gives

1 1

= 2 ⇒ y2 = x 2 ⇒ y = ±x

2x 2 2y

We now substitute y = ±x in the equation of the constraint x 4 + y 4 = 1 and solve for x and y:

x 4 + (±x)4 = 1

2x 4 = 1

1 1 1

x4 = ⇒ x = 1/4 , x = − 1/4

2 2 2

The corresponding values of y are obtained by the relation y = ±x. The critical points are thus

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

, , , − , − , , − , − (2)

21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4

We examine the case x = 0 or y = 0. Notice that the point (0, 0) does not satisfy the equation of the constraint, hence

either x = 0 or y = 0 can hold, but not both at the same time.

Case 1: x = 0. Substituting x = 0 in the constraint x 4 + y 4 = 1 gives y = ±1. We thus obtain the critical points

Case 2: y = 0. We may interchange x and y in the discussion in case 1, and obtain the critical points:

Combining (2), (3), and (4) we conclude that the critical points are

1 1 1 1 1 1

A1 = , , A 2 = , − , A 3 = − , ,

21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4

1 1

A4 = − 1/4 , − 1/4 , A5 = (0, −1), A6 = (0, 1), A7 = (−1, 0), A8 = (1, 0)

2 2

The point where ∇g = 4x 3 , 4y 3 = 0, 0, that is, (0, 0), does not lie on the constraint.

Step 4. Compute f at the critical points. We evaluate f (x, y) = x 2 + y 2 at the critical points:

2 2

1 1 2 √

f ( A1 ) = f ( A2 ) = f ( A3 ) = f ( A4 ) = + = 1/2 = 2

21/4 21/4 2

f ( A5 ) = f ( A6 ) = f ( A7 ) = f ( A8 ) = 1

√ and bounded set in R and f is continuous on this set, hence f has global extrema

on the constraint. We conclude that 2 is the maximum value and 1 is the minimum value.

f (x, y) = x y , x + 2y = 6

SOLUTION We find the extreme values of f (x, y, z) = 3x + 2y + 4z under the constraint g(x, y, z) = x 2 + 2y 2 +

6z 2 − 1 = 0.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The gradient vectors are ∇ f = 3, 2, 4 and ∇g = 2x, 4y, 12z, therefore

the Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g is:

3

3 = λ (2x) = λx

2

1

2 = λ (4y) ⇒ = λy

2

1

4 = λ (12z) = λz

3

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 417

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x, y, and z. The Lagrange equations imply that x = 0, y = 0, and z = 0. Solving for λ

we get

3 1 1

λ= , λ= , λ=

2x 2y 3z

Step 3. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraint. Equating the expressions for λ gives

3 1 1 9 3

= = ⇒ x= z, y= z

2x 2y 3z 2 2

Substituting x = 92 z and y = 32 z in the equation of the constraint x 2 + 2y 2 + 6z 2 = 1 and solving for z we get

2 2

9 3

z + 2 z + 6z 2 = 1

2 2

123 2 2 2

z =1 ⇒ z1 = √ , z2 = − √

4 123 123

Using the relations x = 92 z, y = 32 z we get

9 2 9 3 2 3 2

x1 = ·√ = √ , y1 = ·√ = √ , z1 = √

2 123 123 2 123 123 123

9 −2 9 3 −2 3 2

x2 = ·√ = −√ , y2 = ·√ = −√ , z2 = − √

2 123 123 2 123 123 123

We obtain the following critical points:

9 3 2 9 3 2

p1 = √ ,√ ,√ and p2 = − √ ,−√ ,−√

123 123 123 123 123 123

Critical points are also the points on the constraint where ∇g = 0. However, ∇g = 2x, 4y, 12z = 0, 0, 0 only at the

origin, and this point does not lie on the constraint.

Step 4. Computing f at the critical points. We evaluate f (x, y, z) = 3x + 2y + 4z at the critical points:

27 6 8 41 41

f ( p1 ) = √ +√ +√ = √ = ≈ 3.7

123 123 123 123 3

27 6 8 41 41

f ( p2 ) = − √ −√ −√ = −√ =− ≈ −3.7

123 123 123 123 3

Since f is continuous and the constraint is closed and bounded in R 3 , f has global extrema under the constraint. We

conclude that the minimum value of f under the constraint is about −3.7 and the maximum value is about 3.7.

13. f (x, y, z) = x y + 3x z + 2yz, 5x + 9y + z = 10

f (x, y, z) = x 2 − y − z, x 2 − y 2 + z = 0

SOLUTION We show that f (x, y, z) = x y + 3x z + 2yz does not have minimum and maximum values subject to the

constraint g(x, y, z) = 5x + 9y + z − 10 = 0. First notice that the curve c1 : (x, x, 10 − 14x) lies on the surface of the

constraint since it satisfies the equation of the constraint. On c1 we have,

Since lim −69x 2 + 50x = −∞, f does not have minimum value on the constraint. Notice that the curve c2 :

x→∞

(x, −x, 10 + 4x) also lies on the surface of the constraint. The values of f on c2 are

The limit lim (3x 2 + 10x) = ∞ implies that f does not have a maximum value subject to the constraint.

x→∞

15. Use Lagrange multipliers to find the point (a, b) on the graph of y = e x , where the value ab is as small as possible.

Let f (x, y) = x 3 + x y + y 3 , g(x, y) = x 3 − x y + y 3 .

SOLUTION We must find the point where f (x, y) = x y has a minimum value subject to the constraint g(x, y) =

e x −(a) 0. that there is a unique point P = (a, b) on g(x, y) = 1 where ∇ f P = λ ∇g P for some scalar λ .

y =Show

(b) Refer to Figure 11 to determine whether f (P)

x maximum

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. Since ∇ f =isy,

a local minimum

x and ∇g = eor of f subject

, −1 , the Lagrange to the ∇

Condition constraint.

f = λ ∇g

is (c) Does Figure 11 suggest that f (P) is a global extremum subject to the constraint?

y, x = λ e x , −1

y = λ ex

x = −λ

418 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. The Lagrange equations imply that

λ = ye−x and λ = −x

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. We equate the two expressions for λ to obtain

ye−x = −x ⇒ y = −xe x

We now substitute y = −xe x in the equation of the constraint and solve for x:

e x − (−xe x ) = 0

e x (1 + x) = 0

Since e x = 0 for all x, we have x = −1. The corresponding value of y is determined by the relation y = −xe x . That is,

y = −(−1)e−1 = e−1

(−1, e−1 )

Step 4. Calculate f at the critical point. We evaluate f (x, y) = x y at the critical point.

We conclude (see Remark) that the minimum value of x y on the graph of y = e x is −e−1 , and it is obtained for x = −1

and y = e−1 .

Remark: Since the constraint is not bounded, we need to justify the existence of a minimum value. The values

f (x, y) = x y on the constraint y = e x are f (x, e x ) = h(x) = xe x . Since h(x) > 0 for x > 0, the minimum

value (if it exists) occurs at a point x < 0. Since

x 1

lim xe x = lim = lim = lim −e x = 0,

x→−∞ x→−∞ e−x x→−∞ −e−x x→−∞

then for x < some negative number −R, we have | f (x) − 0| < 0.1, say. Thus, on the bounded region −R ≤ x ≤ 0, f

has a minimum value of −e−1 ≈ −0.37, and this is thus a global minimum (for all x).

17. TheFind

surface = π 2 + h 2 , and its volume is V = 1 π r 2 h.

area of a right-circular cone of radius r and height h is S

the rectangular box of maximum volume if the sum of the lengths ofr the

r edges is 300 cm. 3

(a) Determine the ratio h/r for the cone with given surface area S and maximal volume V .

(b) What is the ratio h/r for a cone with given volume V and minimal surface area S?

(c) Does a cone with given volume V and maximal surface area exist?

SOLUTION

(a) Let S0 denote a given surface area. We must find the ratio hr for which the function V (r, h) = 13 π r 2 h has maximum

value under the constraint S(r, h) = π r r 2 + h 2 = π r 4 + h 2 r 2 = S0 .

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equation. We have

2r h r 2 2r 3 + h 2 r hr 2

∇V = π , and ∇ S = π ,

3 3 r 4 + h2r 2 r 4 + h 2r 2

2r h 2r 3 + h 2 r 2h 2r 2 + h 2

= λ ⇒ = λ

3 r 4 + h 2r 2 3 r 4 + h 2r 2

r2 hr 2 1 h

= λ ⇒ = λ

3 r 4 + h 2r 2 3 r 4 + h2r 2

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of r and h. These equations yield two expressions for λ that must be equal:

2h r 4 + h 2 r 2 1 4

λ= = r + h2r 2

3 2r 2 + h 2 3h

Step 3. Solve for r and h using the constraint. We have

2h r 4 + h 2 r 2 1 4

= r + h 2r 2

3 2r + h

2 2 3h

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 419

1 1

2h =

2r 2 + h 2 h

h √

2h 2 = 2r 2 + h 2 ⇒ h 2 = 2r 2 ⇒ = 2

r

We substitute h 2 = 2r 2 in the constraint π r r 2 + h 2 = S0 and solve for r . This gives

π r r 2 + 2r 2 = S0

π r 3r 2 = S0

√ S 2S

3π r 2 = S0 ⇒ r2 = √ 0 ,

h 2 = 2r 2 = √ 0

3π 3π

2 +h 2 r 2

Extreme values can occur also at points on the constraint where ∇ S = √

2r , √ hr = 0, 0, that is, at

4 2 2 r +h r

4 r +h r

2 2

(r, h) = (0, h), h = 0. However, since the radius of the cone is positive (r > 0), these points are irrelevant. We conclude

that for the cone with surface area S0 and maximum volume, the following holds:

h √ 2S0 S

= 2, h = √ , r = √ 0

r 3π 3π

2 1

h= √ ≈ 0.6, √ r= = 0.43

3π 3π

(b) We now must find the ratio hr that minimizes the function S(r, h) = π r r 2 + h 2 under the constraint

1 2

V (r, h) = π r h = V0

3

Using the gradients computed in part (a), the Lagrange Condition ∇ S = λ ∇V gives the following equations:

2r 3 + h 2 r 2r h 2r 2 + h 2 2h

=λ =λ

r +h r

4 2 2 3 r +h r

4 2 2 3

⇒

hr 2 r2 h λ

=λ =

r 4 + h2r 2 3 r 4 + h2r 2 3

λ 1 2r 2 + h 2 h

= =

3 2h r 4 + h 2 r 2 r + h 2r 2

4

2r 2 + h 2

=h

2h

2r 2 + h 2 = 2h 2

h √

2r 2 = h 2 ⇒ = 2

r

We conclude that the ratio hr for a cone with a given volume and minimal surface area is

h √

= 2

r

πr

lim S(r, h) = lim π r r 2 + h 2 = ∞

r →∞ r →∞

h→0 h→0

That is, S does not have maximum value on the constraint, hence there is no cone of volume 1 and maximal surface area.

In Example 1, we found the maximum of f (x, y) = x + 2y on the ellipse 3x 2 + 4y 2 = 3. Solve this √ problem

3

again without using Lagrange multipliers. First, show that the ellipse is parametrized by x = cos t, y = sin t.

√ 2

420 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

19. Use Lagrange multipliers to find the maximum area of a rectangle inscribed in the ellipse (Figure 12):

x2 y2

2

+ 2 =1

a b

(−x, y) (x, y)

x2 y2

FIGURE 12 Rectangle inscribed in the ellipse + = 1.

a2 b2

SOLUTION Since (x, y) is in the first quadrant, x > 0 and y > 0. The area of the rectangle is 2x · 2y = 4x y. The

vertices lie on the ellipse, hence their coordinates (±x, ±y) must satisfy the equation of the ellipse. Therefore, we must

find the maximum value of the function f (x, y) = 4x y under the constraint

x2 y2

g(x, y) = 2 + 2 = 1, x > 0, y > 0.

a b

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The gradient vectors are ∇ f = 4y, 4x and ∇g = 2x2 , 2y2 , hence the

a b

Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g gives

2x 2y

4y, 4x = λ 2 , 2

a b

or

2x x

4y = λ 2y = λ 2

a2 a

⇒

2y y

4x = λ 2x = λ 2

b2 b

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. The Lagrange equations give the following two expressions for λ :

2ya 2 2xb2

λ= , λ=

x y

Equating the two equations we get

2ya 2 2xb2

=

x y

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. We solve the equation in step 2 for y in terms of x:

2ya 2 2xb2

=

x y

2y 2 a 2 = 2x 2 b2

x 2 b2 b

y2 = ⇒ y= x

a2 a

2 2

We now substitute y = ab x in the equation of the constraint x 2 + y2 = 1 and solve for x:

a b

2

b

x2 ax

+ =1

a2 b2

x2 x2

2

+ 2 =1

a a

2x 2

=1

a2

a2 a

x2 = ⇒ x= √

2 2

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 421

b a b

y= ·√ = √

a 2 2

We obtain the critical point √a , √b . Extreme values can also occur at points on the constraint where ∇g = 2x2 , 2y2 =

2 2 a b

0, 0. However, the point (0, 0) is not on the constraint. We conclude

that if f (x, y) = 4x y has a maximum value on the

2 2

ellipse x 2 + y2 = 1 with x > 0, y > 0, then it occurs at the point √a , √b and the maximum value is

a b 2 2

a b a b

f √ ,√ = 4 · √ · √ = 2ab

2 2 2 2

We now justify why the maximum value exists. We consider the problem of finding the extreme values of f (x, y) = 4x y

2 2

on the quarter ellipse x 2 + y2 = 1 in the first quadrant. Since the constraint curve is bounded and f (x, y) is continuous,

a b

f has a minimum and maximum values on the ellipse. The minimum volume occurs at the end points:

x = 0, y = b ⇒ 4x y = 0 or x = a, y=0 ⇒ 4x y = 0

So the critical point √a , √b must be a maximum.

2 2

21. FindShow

the maximum

that the point (x 0of, yf0(x,

value y) = xtoa the

) closest y b for x, yon≥the

origin 0 on theaxunit

line circle,

+ by = cwhere a, b > 0 are constants.

has coordinates

SOLUTION We must find the maximum value of f (x, y) = x a y b (a, b > 0) subject to the constraint g(x, y) =

ac bc

x 2 + y 2 = 1. x0 = 2 , y0 = 2

a + b2 a + b2

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f = ax a−1 y b , bx a y b−1 and ∇g = 2x, 2y. Therefore the

Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g is

ax a−1 y b , bx a y b−1 = λ 2x, 2y

or

ax a−1 y b = 2λ x

(1)

bx a y b−1 = 2λ y

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. If x = 0 or y = 0, f has the minimum value 0. We thus may assume that x > 0

and y > 0. The equations (1) imply that

ax a−2 y b bx a y b−2

λ= , λ=

2 2

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. Equating the two expressions for λ and solving for y in terms of x gives

ax a−2 y b bx a y b−2

=

2 2

ax a−2 y b = bx a y b−2

ay 2 = bx 2

b 2 b

y2 = x ⇒ y= x

a a

We now substitute y = b

a x in the constraint x + y = 1 and solve for x > 0. We obtain

2 2

b 2

x2 + x =1

a

(a + b)x 2 = a

a a

x2 = ⇒ x=

a+b a+b

We find y using the relation y = b

a x:

b a ab b

y= = =

a a+b a(a + b) a+b

422 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

a b

,

a+b a+b

Extreme points can also occur where ∇g = 0, that is, 2x, 2y = 0, 0 or (x, y) = (0, 0). However, this point is not on

the constraint.

Step 4. Conclusions. We compute f (x, y) = x a y b at the critical point:

a/2 b/2

a b a b a a/2 bb/2 a a bb

f , = = (a+b)/2

=

a+b a+b a+b a+b (a + b) (a + b)a+b

The function f (x, y) = x a y b is continuous on the set x 2 + y 2 = 1, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, which is a closed and bounded set

in R 2 , hence f has minimum and maximum values on the set. The minimum value is 0 (obtained at (0, 1) and (1, 0)),

hence the critical point that we found corresponds to the maximum value. We conclude that the maximum value of x a y b

on x 2 + y 2 = 1, x > 0, y > 0 is

a a bb

.

(a + b)a+b

23. Find the maximum value of f (x, y, z) = x aay bbz c for x, y, z ≥ 0 on the unit sphere, where a, b, c > 0 are constants.

Find the maximum value of f (x, y) = x y for x, y ≥ 0 on the line x + y = 1, where a, b > 0 are constants.

SOLUTION We must find the maximum value of f (x, y, z) = x a y b z c subject to the constraint g(x, y, z) = x 2 + y 2 +

z 2 − 1 = 0, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0.

a

Step 1. Write the Lagrange Equations. The gradient vectors are ∇ f = ax a−1 y b z c , by b−1 x z c , cz c−1 x a y b and ∇g =

2x, 2y, 2z, hence the Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g gives the following equations:

ax a−1 y b z c = λ (2x)

by b−1 x a z c = λ (2y) (1)

cz c−1 x a y b = λ (2z)

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x, y, and z. If x = 0, y = 0, or z = 0, f attains the minimum value 0, therefore we may

assume that x = 0, y = 0, and z = 0. The Lagrange equations (1) give

λ = , λ= , λ=

2 2 2

Step 3. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraint. Equating the expressions for λ , we obtain the following equations:

ax a−2 y b z c = by b−2 x a z c

(2)

ax a−2 y b z c = cz c−2 x a y b

We solve for x and y in terms of z. We first divide the first equation by the second equation to obtain

by b−2 x a z c b z2

1= =

cz c−2 x a y b c y2

(3)

b b

y2 = z2 ⇒ y= z

c c

Both equations (2) imply that

a

by b−2 x z c = ax a−2 y b z c

a

by b−2 x z c = cz c−2 x a y b

ax a−2 y b z c a z2

1= =

cz c−2 x a y b c x2

(4)

2 a 2 a

x = z ⇒ x= z

c c

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 423

We now substitute x and y from (3) and (4) in the constraint x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 and solve for z. This gives

2
2

a b

z + z + z2 = 1

c c

a b

+ + 1 z2 = 1

c c

a+b+c 2 c

z =1 ⇒ z=

c a+b+c

We find x and y using (4) and (3):

a c ac a

x= = =

c a+b+c c(a + b + c) a+b+c

b c bc b

y= = =

c a+b+c c(a + b + c) a+b+c

a b c

P= , ,

a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c

We examine the point where ∇g = 2x, 2y, 2z = 0, 0, 0, that is, (0, 0, 0): This point does not lie on the constraint,

hence it is not a critical point.

Step 4. Conclusions. We compute f (x, y, z) = x a y b z c at the critical point:

a
b c

a b c a a bb cc

f (P) = =

a+b+c a+b+c a+b+c (a + b + c)a+b+c

in R 3 . The minimum value is 0 (obtained at the points with at least one zero coordinate), therefore the critical point that

we found corresponds to the maximum value. We conclude that the maximum value of x a y b z c subject to the constraint

x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0 is

a a bb cc

(a + b + c)a+b+c

Show that the Lagrange equations for f (x, y, z) = x 2 y + zy 2 subject to the constraint g(x, y) = x + yz = 4

(a) Find the solutions to the Lagrange equations for f subject to the constraint g(x, y, z) = x 2 − y 2 + z 3 = 0. Hint:

have no solution. What can you conclude about the minimum and maximum values of f subject to g = 0?

Show that at a critical point, λ , y, z must be nonzero and x = 0.

(b) Show that f has no minimum or maximum subject to the constraint. Hint: Consider the values of f at the points

(0, y 3 , y 2 ), which satisfy the constraint.

(c) Does (b) contradict Theorem 1?

SOLUTION

(a) The gradient vectors are ∇ f = −2x, 1, 1 and ∇g = 2x, −2y, 3z 2 , hence the Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g

yields the following equations:

1 = λ (−2y) ⇒ 1 = −2λ y (2)

1 = λ 3z 2 1 = 3λ z 2 (3)

We solve the Lagrange equations. Equations (2) and (3) imply that y = 0, z = 0, λ = 0, and that

1 1

λ =− and λ=

2y 3z 2

Equating and solving for y in terms of z gives

1 1 3

− = 2 ⇒ y = − z2

2y 3z 2

424 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

(2λ + 2)x = 0 → λ = −1 or x =0

By equation (3), λ must be positive, hence the solution λ = −1 is not appropriate. We check the solution x = 0.

Substituting x = 0 and y = − 32 z 2 in the equation of the constraint x 2 − y 2 + z 3 = 0 gives

2

3

02 − − z 2 + z 3 = 0

2

9

− z4 + z3 = 0

4

Since z = 0, we can divide by z 3 to obtain

9 4

− z+1=0 ⇒ z=

4 9

2

3 4 3 · 16 8

y=− · =− =−

2 9 2 · 81 27

We obtain the following solution of the Lagrange equations:

8 4

0, − ,

27 9

Extreme values may also occur at points on the constraint where ∇g = 2x, −2y, 3z 2 = 0, 0, 0.

2 3

(b) The points (0, y 3 , y 2 ) satisfy the constraint since 02 − (y 3 ) + (y 2 ) = −y 6 + y 6 = 0. We examine the values of

f (x, y, z) = y + z − x 2 at these points:

f (0, y 3 , y 2 ) = y 3 + y 2 − 02 = y 3 + y 2

Since lim (y 3 + y 2 ) = −∞ and lim (y 3 + y 2 ) = ∞, f has no absolute minimum or absolute maximum subject to

y→−∞ y→∞

the constraint.

(c) Theorem 1 states that the solutions of the Lagrange equations are the only points where local extrema may occur

subject to the constraint. As shown above, our function has no global extrema, but it does have local extrema. It’s not

particularly hard to show that (0, 0, 0) is a local minimum and that (0, −8/27, 4/9) is a local minimum. There is no

contradiction.

Use Lagrange the point onto an

findellipse closest

the point , y0 , zpoint

P =to(xa 0given 0 ) on P

theoutside the+ellipse.

plane ax by + cz It =

was known to the

d closest the origin.

Greek

Then calculate

mathematician the distance

Apollonius (thirdfrom P toBCE

century O.) that P Q is perpendicular to the tangent at Q (Figure 13). Explain in words

why this conclusion is a consequence of the method of Lagrange multipliers. Hint: The circles centered at P are level

curves of the function to be minimized.

FIGURE 13

SOLUTION Let P = (x 0 , y0 ). The distance d between the point P and a point Q = (x, y) on the ellipse is minimum

where the square d 2 is minimum (since the square function u 2 is increasing for u ≥ 0). Therefore, we want to minimize

the function

f (x, y, z) = (x − x 0 )2 + (y − y0 )2 + (z − z 0 )2

x2 y2

g(x, y) = 2 + 2 = 1

a b

The method of Lagrange indicates that the solution Q is the point on the ellipse where ∇ f = λ ∇g, that is, the point

on the ellipse where the gradients ∇ f and ∇g are parallel. Since the gradient is orthogonal to the level curves of the

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 425

function, ∇g is orthogonal to the ellipse g(x, y) = 1, and ∇ f is orthogonal to the level curve of f passing through Q.

But this level curve is a circle through Q centered at P, hence the parallel vectors ∇g and ∇ f are orthogonal to the

ellipse and to the circle centered at P respectively. We conclude that the point Q is the point at which the tangent to the

ellipse is also the tangent to the circle through Q centered at P. That is, the tangent to the ellipse at Q is perpendicular

to the radius P Q of the circle.

29. Find the maximum value of f (x, y, z) = x y + x z + yz − 4x yz subject to the constraints x + y + z = 1 and

x, y, z ≥Antonio

0. has $5.00 to spend on a lunch consisting of hamburgers ($1.50 each) and French fries ($1.00 per or-

der). Antonio’s satisfaction from eating x 1 hamburgers and x 2 orders of French fries is measured by a function

√

U (x 1 , x 2 ) = x 1 x 2 . How much of each type of food should he purchase to maximize his satisfaction (assume that

SOLUTION

Stepfractional

1. Write amounts

out the of each food

Lagrange We have ∇ f = y + z − 4yz, x + z − 4x z, x + y − 4x y and ∇g =

can be purchased)?

Equations.

1, 1, 1, hence the Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g yields the following equations:

y + z − 4yz = λ

x + z − 4x z = λ

x + y − 4x y = λ

Step 2. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraint. The Lagrange equations imply that

x + z − 4x z = y + z − 4yz x − 4x z = y − 4yz

⇒ (1)

x + y − 4x y = y + z − 4yz x − 4x y = z − 4yz

x − y + 4yz − 4x z = 0

x − y − 4z(x − y) = 0 (2)

1

(x − y)(1 − 4z) = 0 ⇒ x=y or z=

4

The second equation in (1) gives:

x − z + 4yz − 4x y = 0

x − z − 4y(x − z) = 0 (3)

1

(x − z)(1 − 4y) = 0 ⇒ x=z or y=

4

We examine the possible solutions.

1. x = y, x = z. Substituting x = y = z in the equation of the constraint x + y + z = 1 gives 3z = 1 or z = 13 . We

obtain the solution

1 1 1

, ,

3 3 3

1 1 1

+ +z =1 ⇒ z=

4 4 2

We obtain the solution

1 1 1

, ,

4 4 2

1 1 1

+y+ =1 ⇒ y=

4 4 2

We get the point

1 1 1

, ,

4 2 4

1 1 1

, ,

2 4 4

426 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

1 1 1 1 1 1

P1 = , , , P2 = , ,

3 3 3 4 4 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

P3 = , , , P4 = , , (4)

4 2 4 2 4 4

Step 3. Conclusions. The constraint x + y + z = 1, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0 is the part of the plane x + y + z = 1

in the first octant. This is a closed and bounded set in R 3 , hence f (which is a continuous function) has minimum

and maximum value subject to the constraint. The extreme values occur at points from (4). We evaluate f (x, y, z) =

x y + x z + yz − 4x yz at these points:

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 5

f (P1 ) = · + · + · −4· · · = − =

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 27 27

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

f (P2 ) = f (P3 ) = f (P4 ) = · + · + · − 4 · · · =

4 4 4 2 4 2 4 4 2 16

We conclude that the maximum value of f subject to the constraint is

3

f (P2 ) = f (P3 ) = f (P4 ) = .

16

x previous

y z problem, find the plane that minimizes V if the plane is constrained to pass

throughAa point = (α

plane Pwith equation + + = 1 (a, b, c > 0) together with the positive coordinate planes forms a

a b c

1

tetrahedron of volume V = 6 abc (Figure 14). Find the plane that minimizes V if the plane is constrained to pass

through the point P = (1, 1, 1).

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 427

γ γ γ

+ + =1

c c c

3γ

=1 ⇒ c = 3γ

c

We find a and b using (1):

α β

a= · 3γ = 3α , b= · 3γ = 3β

γ γ

We obtain the solution

P = (3α , 3β , 3γ )

Step 3. Conclusions. Since V has a minimum value subject to the constraint, it occurs at the critical point. We substitute

a = 3α , b = 3β , and c = 3γ in the equation of the plane ax + by + cz = 1 to obtain the following plane, which minimizes

V:

x y z x y z

+ + = 1 or + + =3

3α 3β 3γ α β γ

33. Let L be the minimum length of a ladder that can reach over a fence of height h to a wall located a distance b behind

the wall. In a contest, a runner starting at A must touch a point P along a river and then run to B in the shortest time

possible (Figure 15). The runner should choose the point P minimizing the total length of the path.

(a) Use Lagrange multipliers to show that L = (h 2/3 + b2/3 )3/2 (Figure 16). Hint: Show that the problem amounts to

(a) Define

minimizing f (x,a y)

function (x,

= (x +f b) =+Ah)

y) (y

2+ P 2+subject to y/bP==h/x

P B, where (x,ory).

x yRephrase

= bh. the runner’s problem as a constrained

optimization problem, assuming that the river is given by an equation

(b) Show that the value of L is also equal to the radius of the circle with centerg(x, y) = 0.−h) that is tangent to the graph of

(−b,

bh.Explain why the level curves of f (x, y) are ellipses.

x y =(b)

(c) Use Lagrange multipliers to justify the following statement: The ellipse through the point P minimizing the

y

length of the path is tangent to the river.

xy = bh

(d) Identify the point on the river in Figure 15 for which the length is minimal.

y L

L x

Wall

h Ladder (−b, −h)

b x

Fence

FIGURE 16

SOLUTION

(a) We denote by x and y the lengths shown in the figure, and express the length l of the ladder in terms of x and y.

A

y

D

E

b

o C x B

2 2

l = O A + O B = (y + h)2 + (x + b)2 (1)

Since the function u 2 is increasing for u ≥ 0, l and l 2 have their minimum values at the same point. Therefore, we may

minimize the function f (x, y) = l 2 (x, y), which is

We now identify the constraint on the variables x and y. (Notice that h, b are constants while x and y are free to change).

Using proportional lengths in the similar triangles AE D and DC B, we have

AE ED

=

DC CB

That is,

y b

= ⇒ x y = bh

h x

We thus must minimize f (x, y) = (x + b)2 + (y + h)2 subject to the constraint g(x, y) = x y = bh, x > 0, y > 0.

428 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f = 2(x + b), 2(y + h) and ∇g = y, x, hence the Lagrange

Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g gives the following equations:

2(x + b) = λ y

2(y + h) = λ x

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. The equation of the constraint implies that y = 0 and x = 0. Therefore, the

Lagrange equations yield

2(x + b) 2(y + h)

λ= , λ=

y x

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. Equating the two expressions for λ gives

2(x + b) 2(y + h)

=

y x

We simplify:

x(x + b) = y(y + h)

x 2 + xb = y 2 + yh

x . We substitute and solve for x > 0. This gives

2

bh bh

x 2 + xb = + ·h

x x

b2 h 2 bh 2

x 2 + xb = 2

+

x x

x 4 + x 3 b = b2 h 2 + bh 2 x

x 4 + bx 3 − bh 2 x − b2 h 2 = 0

x 3 (x + b) − bh 2 (x + b) = 0

x 3 − bh 2 (x + b) = 0

1/3

x 3 − bh 2 = 0 ⇒ x = (bh 2 )

x ,

bh bh 1/3

y= 1/3

= 1/3 2/3 = b2/3 h 1/3 = (b2 h)

(bh 2 ) b h

1/3 1/3

x = bh 2 , y = b2 h (2)

Extreme values may also occur at the point on the constraint where ∇g = 0. However, ∇g = y, x = 0, 0 only at the

point (0, 0), which is not on the constraint.

Step 4. Conclusions. Notice that on the constraint y = bh bh

x or x = y , as x → 0+ then y → ∞, and as x → ∞, then

y → 0+. Also, as y → 0+, x → ∞ and as y → ∞, x → 0+. In either case, f (x, y) is increasing without bound. Using

this property and the theorem on the existence of extreme values for a continuous function on a closed and bounded set

(for a certain part of the constraint), one can show that f has a minimum value on the constraint. This minimum value

occurs at the point (2). We substitute this point in (1) to obtain the following minimum length L:

2 2

1/3 1/3

L= (b2 h) + h + (bh 2 ) +b

2/3 1/3 2/3 1/3

= (b2 h) + 2h(b2 h) + h 2 + (bh 2 ) + 2b(bh 2 ) + b2

4 4 4 4

= b 3 h 2/3 + 2h 3 b2/3 + h 2 + b2/3 h 3 + 2b 3 h 2/3 + b2

4 4

= 3b 3 h 2/3 + 3h 3 b2/3 + h 2 + b2

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 429

3

2

2

3

= h 2/3 + 3 h 2/3 b2/3 + 3h 2/3 b2/3 + b2/3

3 3/2

L= h 2/3 + b2/3 = h 2/3 + b2/3 .

(b) The Lagrange Condition states that the gradient vectors ∇ f P and ∇g P are parallel (where P is the minimizing

point). The gradient ∇ f P is orthogonal to the level curve of f passing through P, which is a circle through P centered

at (−b, −h). ∇g P is orthogonal to the level curve of g passing through P, which is the curve of the constraint x y = bh.

We conclude that the circle and the curve x y = bh, both being perpendicular to parallel vectors, are tangent at P. The

radius of the circle is the minimum value L, of f (x, y).

35. Find the minimum and maximum of f (x, y, z) = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 subject to two constraints, x + 2y +2 z =2 3 and

4. the minimum and maximum of f (x, y, z) = y + 2z subject to two constraints, 2x + z = 4 and x + y = 1.

x − y =Find

SOLUTION The constraint equations are

g(x, y, z) = x + 2y + z − 3 = 0, h(x, y) = x − y − 4 = 0

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f = 2x, 2y, 2z, ∇g = 1, 2, 1, and ∇h = 1, −1, 0, hence

the Lagrange Condition is

∇ f = λ ∇g + μ ∇h

2x, 2y, 2z = λ 1, 2, 1 + μ 1, −1, 0

= λ + μ , 2λ − μ , λ

2x = λ + μ

2y = 2λ − μ

2z = λ

Step 2. Solve for λ and μ . The first equation gives λ = 2x − μ . Combining with the third equation we get

2z = 2x − μ (1)

The second equation gives μ = 2λ − 2y, combining with the third equation we get μ = 4z − 2y. Substituting in (1) we

obtain

2z = 2x − (4z − 2y) = 2x − 4z + 2y

x+y

6z = 2x + 2y ⇒ z= (2)

3

Step 3. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraints. The constraints give x and y as functions of z:

x−y=4 ⇒ y = x −4

3−x −z

x + 2y + z = 3 ⇒ y=

2

Combining the two equations we get

3−x −z

x −4=

2

2x − 8 = 3 − x − z

11 − z

3x = 11 − z ⇒ x=

3

We find y using y = x − 4:

11 − z −1 − z

y= −4=

3 3

We substitute x and y in (2) and solve for z:

11−z + −1−z

3 3 11 − z − 1 − z 10 − 2z

z= = =

3 9 9

430 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

9z = 10 − 2z

10

11z = 10 ⇒ z=

11

We find x and y:

−1 − z −1 − 10

11 = − 21 = − 7

y= =

3 3 33 11

11 − z 11 − 10

11 = 111 = 37

x= =

3 3 33 11

We obtain the solution

37 7 10

P= ,− ,

11 11 11

Step 4. Calculate the critical values. We compute f (x, y, z) = z 2 + y 2 + z 2 at the critical point:

2

37 2 7 2 10 1518 138

f (P) = + − + = = ≈ 12.545

11 11 11 121 11

As x tends to infinity, so also does f (x, y, z) tend to ∞. Therefore f has no maximum value and the given critical point

P must produce a minimum. We conclude that the minimum value of f subject to the two constraints is f (P) = 138 11 ≈

12.545.

37. Assumptions Matter Consider the problem of minimizing f (x, y) = x subject to g(x, y) = (x − 1)3 −

Suppose that both f (x, y) and the constraint function g(x, y) are linear. Use contour maps to explain why

y 2 =f 0.

(x, y) does not have a maximum subject to g(x, y) = 0 unless g = a f + b for some constants a, b.

(a) Show, without using calculus, that the minimum occurs at P = (1, 0).

(b) Show that the Lagrange condition ∇ f P = λ ∇g P is not satisfied for any value of λ .

(c) Does this contradict Theorem 1?

SOLUTION

(a) The equation of the constraint can be rewritten as

(x − 1)3 = y 2 or x = y 2/3 + 1

Therefore, at the points under the constraint, x ≥ 1, hence f (x, y) ≥ 1. Also at the point P = (1, 0) we have f (1, 0) = 1,

hence f (1, 0) = 1 is the minimum value of f under the constraint.

(b) We have ∇ f = 1, 0 and ∇g = 3(x − 1)2 , −2y , hence the Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g yields the following

equations:

1 = λ · 3(x − 1)2

0 = −2λ y

The first equation implies that λ = 0 and x − 1 = ± √1 . The second equation gives y = 0. Substituting in the equation

3λ

of the constraint gives

±1 3 ±1

(x − 1)3 − y 2 = √ − 02 = = 0

3λ (3λ )3/2

We conclude that the Lagrange Condition is not satisfied by any point under the constraint.

(c) Theorem 1 is not violated since at the point P = (1, 0), ∇g = 0, whereas the Theorem is valid for points where

∇g P = 0.

Marginal Utility Goods 1 and 2 are available at prices (in dollars) of p per unit of good 1 and p2 per unit of

(a)Show that the maximum of U (x 1 , x 2 ) subject to the budget constraint is equal1 to c2 /(4 p1 p2 ).

good 2. A utility function U (x 1 , x 2 ) is a function representing the utility or benefit of consuming x j units of good

(b)Calculate the value

j. The marginal of theofLagrange

utility multiplier

the jth good is ∂U/∂λ occurring in of

x j , the rate (a).increase in utility per unit increase in the jth good.

(c)Prove the following interpretation: λ is the rate of increase

following law of economics: Given a budget of L dollars, in utility per unit is

utility increase of total

maximized at budget c.

the consumption level

(a, b)

SOLUTION where the ratio of marginal utility is equal to the ratio of prices:

Marginal utility of good 1 Ux1 (a, b) p

= = 1

Marginal utility of good 2 Ux2 (a, b) p2

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 431

(a) By the earlier exercise, the utility is maximized at a point where the following equality holds:

Ux1 p

= 1

Ux2 p2

x2 p p1

= 1 ⇒ x2 = x

x1 p2 p2 1

We now substitute x 2 in terms of x 1 in the constraint p1 x 1 + p2 x 2 = c and solve for x 1 . This gives

p

p1 x 1 + p2 · 1 x 1 = c

p2

c

2 p1 x 1 = c ⇒ x1 =

2 p1

p1 c c

x2 = · =

p2 2 p1 2 p2

1 2

c c c c c2

U , = · =

2 p1 2 p2 2 p1 2 p2 4 p1 p2

x 2 , x 1 = λ p1 , p2 (1)

or

x 2 = λ p1 x x

⇒ λ= 2 = 1

x 1 = λ p2 p1 p2

In part (a) we showed that at the maximizing point x 1 = 2 cp , therefore the value of λ is

1

x c

λ= 1 =

p2 2 p1 p2

(c) We compute dU

dc using the Chain Rule:

dU ∂U ∂U

= x (c) + x (c) = x 2 x 1 (c) + x 1 x 2 (c) = x 2 , x 1 · x 1 (c), x 2 (c)

dc ∂ x1 1 ∂ x2 2

Substituting in (1) we get

dU

= λ p1 , p2 · x 1 (c), x 2 (c) = λ p1 x 1 (c) + p2 x 2 (c) (2)

dc

We now use the Chain Rule to differentiate the equation of the constraint p1 x 1 + p2 x 2 = c with respect to c:

p1 x 1 (c) + p2 x 2 (c) = 1

dU

=λ ·1=λ

dc

dc c, we conclude that λ is the rate of increase in utility per unit increase of total

budget L.

41. Let B > 0. Show that the maximum of f (x 1 , . . . , x n ) = x 1 x 2 · · · x n subject to the constraints x 1 + · · · + x n = B

and x j ≥This exercise

0 for j = 1,shows

. . . , n that thefor

occurs x 1 = · · ·λ=may

multiplier xn = beB/n.

interpreted

Use thisastoa conclude

rate of change

that in general. Assume that the

maximum value of f (x, y) subject to g(x, y) = c occurs at a point P. Then P depends on the value of c, so we may

write P = (x(c), y(c)) and we have g(x(c), y(c)) =1/n c. a1 + · · · + an

(a1 a2 · · · an ) ≤

(a) Show that n

for all positive numbers a1 , . . . , an .

∇g(x(c), y(c)) · x (c), y (c) = 1

Hint: Use the Chain Rule to differentiate the equation g(x(c), y(c)) = c with respect to c.

(b) Show that

432 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION We first notice that the constraints x 1 + · · · + x n = B and x j ≥ 0 for j = 1, . . . , n define a closed and

bounded set in the nth dimensional space, hence f (continuous, as a polynomial) has extreme values on this set. The

minimum value zero occurs where one of the coordinates is zero (for example, for n = 2 the constraint x 1 + x 2 = B,

x 1 ≥ 0, x 2 ≥ 0 is a triangle in the first quadrant). We need to maximize the function f (x 1 , . . . , x n ) = x 1 x 2 · · · x n

subject to the constraints g (x 1 , . . . , x n ) = x 1 + · · · + x n − B = 0, x j ≥ 0, j = 1, . . . , n.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The gradient vectors are

∇ f = x 2 x 3 · · · x n , x 1 x 3 · · · x n , . . . , x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1

∇g = 1, 1, . . . , 1

x2 x3 · · · xn = λ

x1 x3 · · · xn = λ

x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1 = λ

Step 2. Solving for x 1 , x 2 , . . . , x n using the constraint. The Lagrange equations imply the following equations:

x 2 x 3 · · · x n = x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1

x 1 x 3 · · · x n = x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1

x 1 x 2 x 4 · · · x n = x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1

..

.

x 1 x 2 · · · x n−2 x n = x 1 x 2 · · · x n−1

We may assume that x j = 0 for j = 1, . . . , n, since if one of the coordinates is zero, f has the minimum value zero.

We divide each equation by its right-hand side to obtain

xn

=1

x1

x1 = xn

xn

=1

x2 x2 = xn

xn ⇒ x3 = xn

=1

x3 ..

.. .

.

xn x n−1 = x n

=1

x n−1

x + xn + · · · + xn = B

n ! "

n

B

nx n = B ⇒ xn =

n

Hence x 1 = · · · = x n = Bn .

Step 3. Conclusions. The maximum value of f (x 1 , . . . , x n ) = x 1 x 2 · · · x n on the constraint x 1 + · · · + x n = B, x j ≥ 0,

j = 1, . . . , n occurs at the point at which all coordinates are equal to Bn . The value of f at this point is

B B B B n

f , ,... , =

n n n n

It follows that for any point (x 1 , . . . , x n ) on the constraint, that is, for any point satisfying x 1 + · · · + x n = B with x j

positive, the following holds:

n

B

f (x 1 , . . . , x n ) ≤

n

That is,

x1 + · · · + xn n

x1 · · · xn ≤

n

S E C T I O N 15.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Optimizing with a Constraint (ET Section 14.8) 433

or

x + · · · + xn

(x 1 · · · x n )1/n ≤ 1 .

n

Let B > 0. Show that the maximum of f (x 1 , . . . , x n ) = x 1 + · · · + x n subject to x 12 + · · · + x n2 = B 2 is n B.

Conclude that S(x 1 , x 2 , x 3 ) = x 1 ln x 1 + x 2 ln x 2 + x 3 ln x 3

√

subject to two constraints: |a1 | + · · · + |an | ≤ n(a12 + · · · + an2 )1/2

Show that there is a constant μ such that xi = A−1 eμ Ei for i = 1, 2, 3, where A = N −1 (eμ E 1 + eμ E 2 + eμ E 3 ).

SOLUTION The constraints equations are

g (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 ) = x 1 + x 2 + x 3 − N = 0

h (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 ) = E 1 x 1 + E 2 x 2 + E 3 x 3 − E = 0

1 1 1

∇ S = ln x 1 + x 1 · , ln x 2 + x 2 · , ln x 3 + x 3 · = 1 + ln x 1 , 1 + ln x 2 , 1 + ln x 3

x1 x2 x3

∇g = 1, 1, 1 , ∇h = E 1 , E 2 , E 3

1 + ln x 1 , 1 + ln x 2 , 1 + ln x 3 = λ 1, 1, 1 + μ E 1 , E 2 , E 3 = λ + μ E 1 , λ + μ E 2 , λ + μ E 3

1 + ln x 1 = λ + μ E 1

1 + ln x 2 = λ + μ E 2

1 + ln x 3 = λ + μ E 3

ln x 1 − ln x 3 = μ (E 1 − E 3 )

ln x 2 − ln x 3 = μ (E 2 − E 3 )

or

x

ln 1 = μ (E 1 − E 3 )

x3 x 1 = x 3 eμ (E 1 −E 3 )

⇒ (1)

x

ln 2 = μ (E 2 − E 3 ) x 2 = x 3 eμ (E 2 −E 3 )

x3

Substituting x 1 and x 2 in the equation of the constraint g(x 1 , x 2 , x 3 ) = 0 and solving for x 3 gives

x 3 eμ (E 1 −E 3 ) + x 3 eμ (E 2 −E 3 ) + x 3 = N

We multiply by eμ E 3 :

x 3 eμ E 1 + eμ E 2 + eμ E 3 = N eμ E 3

N eμ E 3

x3 = μ E

e 1 + eμ E 2 + eμ E 3

Substituting in (1) we get

N eμ E 3 N eμ E 1

x1 = μ E μ μ

· eμ (E 1 −E 3 ) = μ E

e 1 +e E 2 +e E 3 e 1 + eμ E 2 + eμ E 3

N eμ E 3 N eμ E 2

x2 = μ E μ μ

· eμ (E 2 −E 3 ) = μ E

e 1 +e 2 +e 3

E E e 1 + eμ E 2 + eμ E 3

μE μE μ E3

Letting A = e 1 +e N 2 +e , we obtain

Boltzmann Distribution Generalize Exercise 43 to n variables: Show that there is a constant μ such that the

maximum of

434 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

x 2 − y2

1. Given f (x, y) = ,

x +3

(a) Sketch the domain of f .

(b) Calculate f (3, 1) and f (−5, −3).

(c) Find a point satisfying f (x, y) = 1.

SOLUTION

(a) f is defined where x 2 − y 2 ≥ 0 and x + 3 = 0. We solve these two inequalities:

x 2 − y2 ≥ 0 ⇒ x 2 ≥ y2 ⇒ |x| ≥ |y|

x + 3 = 0 ⇒ x = −3

y

x

−3

√ √

32 − 12 8 2

f (3, 1) = = =

3+3 6 3

Similarly, setting x = −5, y = −3, we get

√

(−5)2 − (−3)2 16

f (−5, −3) = = = −2.

−5 + 3 −2

(c) We must find a point (x, y) such that

x 2 − y2

f (x, y) = =1

x +3

We choose, for instance, y = 1, substitute and solve for x. This gives

x 2 − 12

=1

x +3

x2 − 1 = x + 3

x 2 − 1 = (x + 3)2 = x 2 + 6x + 9

5

6x = −10 ⇒ x=−

3

Thus, the point − 53 , 1 satisfies f − 53 , 1 = 1.

3. Sketch

Findthe

thegraph f (x,

domain = x 2of:

andy)range − y + 1 and describe its vertical and horizontal traces.

√ √

(a) f (x, The

SOLUTION y, z)graph

= xis−shown

y + iny the

− zfollowing figure.

2

(b) f (x, y) = ln(4x − y) z

x

Chapter Review Exercises 435

The trace obtained by setting x = c is the line z = c2 − y + 1 or z = (c2 + 1) − y in the plane x = c. The trace obtained

by setting y = c is the parabola z = x 2 − c + 1 in the plane y = c. The trace obtained by setting z = c is the parabola

y = x 2 + 1 − c in the plane z = c.

Use a graphing utility to draw the graph of the function cos(x 2 + y 2 )e1−x y

436 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

(x,y)→(1,−3)

SOLUTION The function f (x, y) = (2x + y)e−x+y is continuous, hence we evaluate the limit using substitution:

(x,y)→(1,−3)

15. Let

(e x − 1)(e y − 1) ⎧

lim

⎨ (x y)

p

(x,y)→(0,2) x (x, y) = (0, 0)

f (x, y) = x + y 4

4

⎩

0 (x, y) = (0, 0)

Use polar coordinates to show that f (x, y) is continuous at all (x, y) if p > 2, but discontinuous at (0, 0) if p ≤ 2.

SOLUTION We show using the polar coordinates x = r cos θ , y = r sin θ , that the limit of f (x, y) as (x, y) → (0, 0) is

zero for p > 2. This will prove that f is continuous at the origin. Since f is a rational function with nonzero denominator

for (x, y) = (0, 0), f is continuous there. We have

lim f (x, y) = lim = lim (1)

(x,y)→(0,0) r →0+ (r cos θ )4 + (r sin θ )4 r →0+ r 4 cos4 θ + sin4 θ

= lim

r →0+ cos4 θ + sin4 θ

We use the following inequalities:

4

cos θ sin4 θ ≤ 1

2 1

cos4 θ + sin4 θ = cos2 θ + sin2 θ − 2 cos2 θ sin2 θ = 1 − · (2 cos θ sin θ )2

2

1 2 1 1

= 1− sin 2θ ≥ 1 − =

2 2 2

Therefore,

r 2( p−2) (cos θ sin θ ) p r 2( p−2) · 1

0≤ ≤ = 2r 2( p−2)

cos4 θ + sin4 θ 1

2

Since p − 2 > 0, lim 2r 2( p−2) = 0, hence by the Squeeze Theorem the limit in (1) is also zero. We conclude that f

r →0+

is continuous for p > 2.

We now show that for p < 2 the limit of f (x, y) as (x, y) → (0, 0) does not exist. We compute the limit as (x, y)

approaches the origin along the line y = x.

p

(x 2 ) x2p x 2( p−2)

lim f (x, y) = lim = lim = lim =∞

(x,y)→(0,0) x→0 x 4 + x 4 x→0 2x 4 x→0 2

along y=x

x 2 y2

Therefore the limit of f (x, y) as (x, y) → (0, 0) does not exist for p < 2. We now show that the limit lim

(x,y)→(0,0) +y

x 4 4

does not exist for p = 2 as well. We compute the limits along the line y = 0 and y = x:

x 2 y2 x 2 · 02 0

lim = lim = lim 4 = 0

(x,y)→(0,0) x 4 + y 4 x→0 x 4 + 04 x→0 x

along y=0

x 2 y2 x2 · x2 x4 1

lim = lim = lim =

(x,y)→(0,0) x 4 + y 4 x→0 x + x

4 4 x→0 2x 4 2

along y=x

Since the limits along two paths are different, f (x, y) does not approach one limit as (x, y) → (0, 0). We thus showed

that if p ≤ 2, the limit lim f (x, y) does not exist, and f is not continuous at the origin for p ≤ 2.

(x,y)→(0,0)

Calculate f x (1, 3) and f y (1, 3) for f (x, y) = 7x + y 2 .

17. f (x, y) = 2x + y 2

Chapter Review Exercises 437

∂ ∂ ∂ 2

fx = 2x + y 2 = (2x) + y =2+0=2

∂x ∂x ∂x

∂ ∂ ∂ 2

fy = 2x + y 2 = (2x) + y = 0 + 2y = 2y

∂y ∂y ∂y

f (x, y) = 4x y 3

SOLUTION We compute f x , treating y as a constant and using the Product Rule and the Chain Rule. We get

∂

∂ ∂

fx = sin(x y)e−x−y = (sin(x y)) e−x−y + sin(x y) e−x−y

∂x ∂x ∂x

= cos(x y) · ye−x−y + sin(x y) · (−1)e−x−y = e−x−y (y cos(x y) − sin(x y))

We compute f y similarly, treating x as a constant. Notice that since f (y, x) = f (x, y), the partial derivative f y can be

obtained from f x by interchanging x and y. That is,

f (x, y) = ln(x 2 + x y 2 )

SOLUTION We differentiate f twice with respect to x, once with respect to y, and finally with respect to z. This gives

∂

fx = (y sin(x + z)) = y cos(x + z)

∂x

∂

fx x = (y cos(x + z)) = −y sin(x + z)

∂x

∂

fx x y = (−y sin(x + z)) = − sin(x + z)

∂y

∂

f x x yz = (− sin(x + z)) = − cos(x + z)

∂z

23. Find an equation of the tangent to the graph of f (x, y) = x y 2 − x y + 3x 3 y at P = (1, 3).

Fix c > 0. Show that for any constants α , β , the function u(t, x) = sin(α ct + β ) sin(α x) satisfies the wave

equation The tangent plane has the equation

SOLUTION

z = f (1, 3) + f x (1,∂3)(x

2 u − 1)∂+ 2 f (1, 3)(y − 3)

2 u y

(1)

= c

∂t 2 ∂x2

We compute the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = x y 2 − x y + 3x 3 y:

f x (x, y) = y 2 − y + 9x 2 y f x (1, 3) = 32 − 3 + 9 · 12 · 3 = 33

⇒

f y (x, y) = 2x y − x + 3x 3 f y (1, 3) = 2 · 1 · 3 − 1 + 3 · 13 = 8

Also, f (1, 3) = 1 · 32 − 1 · 3 + 3 · 13 · 3 = 15. Substituting these values in (1), we obtain the following equation:

z = 15 + 33(x − 1) + 8(y − 3)

or

z = 33x + 8y − 42

that +f (4,

25. Estimate 2 2 + 70.1 using the linear approximation. Compare with a calculator value.

Suppose7.1 4.94) = 3 and f x (4, 4) = f y (4, 4) = −1. Use the linear approximation to estimate f (4.1, 4) and

f (3.88, 4.03).

SOLUTION The function whose value we want to approximate is

f (x, y, z) = x 2 + y 2 + z

We use the linear approximation at the point (7, 5, 70), hence h = 7.1 − 7 = 0.1, k = 4.9 − 5 = −0.1, and l =

70.1 − 70 = 0.1. We get

f (7.1, 4.9, 70.1) ≈ f (7, 5, 70) + 0.1 f x (7, 5, 70) − 0.1 f y (7, 5, 70) + 0.1 f z (7, 5, 70) (1)

2x x 7 7

f x (x, y, z) = = ⇒ f x (7, 5, 70) = =

2 x +y +z

2 2 x + y2 + z

2 72 + 52 + 70 12

438 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

2y y 5 5

f y (x, y, z) = = ⇒ f y (7, 5, 70) = =

2 x 2 + y2 + z x 2 + y2 + z 72 + 52 + 70 12

1 1 1

f z (x, y, z) = ⇒ f z (7, 5, 70) = =

2 x +y +z

2 2 2 7 + 5 + 70

2 2 24

Also, f (7, 5, 70) = 72 + 52 + 70 = 12. Substituting the values in (1) we obtain the following approximation:

7 5 1 1

7.12 + 4.92 + 70.1 ≈ 12 + 0.1 · − 0.1 · + 0.1 · = 12 ≈ 12.020833

12 12 24 48

That is,

7.12 + 4.92 + 70.1 ≈ 12.020833

c 1.5

27. Jason earns S(h,

Suppose c) =

that the 20h z 1=+2x − y − 3dollars

plane per month

is tangent at a used

to the graph = lot,

of zcar f (x, y) at hPis=the

where (2,number

4). of hours worked

100

and c(a) Determine

is the f (2,

number of cars f x (2,He

4),sold. 4),has f y (2, 4).

andalready worked 160 hours and sold 69 cars. Right now Jason wants to go home

but wonders (2.2, 3.9).

how muchf more

(b) Approximate he might earn if he stays another 10 minutes with a customer who is considering buying a

car. Use the linear approximation to estimate how much extra money Jason will earn if he sells his 70th car during these

10 minutes.

SOLUTION We estimate the money earned in staying for 16 hour more and selling one more car, using the linear

approximation

By the given information, a = 160, b = 69, h = 16 , and c = 1. We compute the partial derivative of the function:

c 1.5

S(h, c) = 20h 1 +

100

c 1.5

Sh (h, c) = 20 1 + ⇒ Sh (160, 69) = 43.94

100

c 0.5 1 c 0.5

Sc (h, c) = 20h · 1.5 1 + · = 0.3h 1 + ⇒ Sc (160, 69) = 62.4

100 100 100

Substituting the values in (1), we get the following approximation:

1 1

S = Sh (160, 69) · + Sc (160, 69) · 1 = 43.94 · + 62.4 ≈ $69.72

6 6

We see that John will make approximately $69.72 more if he sells his 70th car during 10 min.

d

In Exercises 28–31, compute f (c(t)) at the given value of t.

dt

f (x, y) = x + e , c(t) = (3t − 1, t ) at t = 2

SOLUTION We use the Chain Rule for Paths:

d

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c(t) · c (t) (1)

dt

We compute the gradient of f :

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = z, −2y, x

∂ x ∂y ∂z

∇ f c(t) = 1 − t, −2t 3 , t

Also, c (t) = 1, 3t 2 , −1 , hence by (1) we obtain

d

f (c(t)) = 1 − t, −2t 3 , t · 1, 3t 2 , −1 = 1 − t + 3t 2 −2t 3 − t = −6t 5 − 2t + 1

dt

y

, c(t) = (cos t, sin t), t = π

f (x, y) = xe x − ye3x , c(t) = (et , ln t) at3 t = 1

Chapter Review Exercises 439

−y 1

∂f ∂f x2 x −y x

∇f = , =

,

= ,

∂ x ∂y 1 + xy

2

1 + xy

2 x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2

sin t cos t

∇ f c(t) = − , = − sin t, cos t

cos2 t + sin2 t cos2 t + sin2 t

c (t) = − sin t, cos t

√ √

π π 3 1 π π π 3 1

∇ f c

π = − sin , cos = − , and c = − sin , cos = − ,

3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 2

Therefore,

√ √

d π 3 1 3 1 3 1

f (c(t)) = ∇ f c

π · c = − , · − , = + =1

dt π

t= 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 4 4

f (x, y) = x y , P = (3, −1), v = 2i + j

SOLUTION We first normalize v to obtain a unit vector u in the direction of v:

2, −1, 2 2 1 2

u= = ,− ,

3 3 3

22 + (−1)2 + 22

Du f (1, 1, 1) = ∇ f (1,1,1) · u

∇ f = f x , f y , f z = z − y 2 , −2x y, x ⇒ ∇ f (1,1,1) = 0, −2, 1

Hence,

2 1 2 2 2 4

Du f (1, 1, 1) = 0, −2, 1 · ,− , =0+ + =

3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2

e x +y ,

2 2

f (x, y)

SOLUTION We=normalize vPto=obtain a, vector, u vin=the3,direction

−4 of v:

2 2

1 1

u= · 0, 1, 1 = √ 0, 1, 1

0 +1 +1

2 2 2 2

By the Theorem on Evaluating Directional Derivatives,

Dv f (P) = ∇ f P · u (1)

∂f ∂f ∂f

∇f = , , = y cos(x y + z), x cos(x y + z), cos(x y + z)

∂ x ∂y ∂z

Hence,

∇ f P = 0, 0, 1 .

1 1

Dv f (P) = ∇ f P · u = 0, 0, 1 · √ 0, 1, 1 = √ .

2 2

Find the unit vector e at P = (0, 0, 1) pointing in the direction along which f (x, y, z) = x z + e−x +y increases

2

440 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

37. Find an equation of the tangent plane at P = (0, 3, −1) to the surface with equation

ze x + e z+1 = x y + y − 3

SOLUTION The surface is defined implicitly by the equation

F(x, y, z) = ze x + e z+1 − x y − y + 3

The tangent plane to the surface at the point (0, 3, −1) has the following equation:

Fy (x, y, z) = −x − 1 ⇒ Fy (0, 3, −1) = −0 − 1 = −1

−4x − (y − 3) + 2(z + 1) = 0

−4x − y + 2z + 5 = 0

2z = 4x + y − 5 ⇒ z = 2x + 0.5y − 2.5

∂f ∂f

f (x,

39. LetLet y) 0=be

n = (xan y)e x . Use

−integer andthe

r anChain Ruleconstant.

arbitrary to calculate andthe tangent

Show that x = uto−the

, whereplane v and y =xun + v.

surface yn + zn = r

∂u ∂v

at P = (a, b, c) has equation

SOLUTION First we calculate the Primary Derivatives:

a n−1 x + bn−1 y + cn−1 z = r

∂f ∂f

= e (x − y) + e x = e x (x − y + 1),

x = −e x

∂x ∂y

∂y

Since ∂∂ux = 1, ∂u = 1, ∂∂vx = −1, and ∂∂vy = 1, the Chain Rule gives

∂f ∂f ∂

=

∂u ∂x

Chapter Review Exercises 441

∂x ∂y ∂z

= 0, = 0, =1

∂z ∂z ∂z

Substituting these derivatives in the Chain Rule gives

∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= cos θ + sin θ + ·0= cos θ + sin θ

∂r ∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y

∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= (−r sin θ ) + r cos θ + · 0 = − r sin θ + r cos θ

∂θ ∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂y

Let f (x, y, z) = (x 2 + y 2 )e−x z and P = (1, 0, 2). Use the result of Exercise 41 to calculate and at the

2 ∂g 2 ∂g ∂r ∂ θ

point P. v − u = 0

∂u ∂v

SOLUTION We are given the function f (x, y), where x = u 3 − v 3 and y = v 3 − u 3 . Using the Chain Rule we have

the following derivatives:

∂g ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y

= +

∂u ∂ x ∂u ∂y ∂u

∂g ∂ f ∂x ∂ f ∂y

= + (1)

∂v ∂ x ∂v ∂y ∂v

We compute the following partial derivatives:

∂x ∂y

= 3u 2 , = −3u 2

∂u ∂u

∂x ∂y

= −3v 2 , = 3v 2

∂v ∂v

Substituting in (1) we obtain

∂g ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= · 3u 2 + −3u 2 = 3u 2 −

∂u ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y

∂g ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

= −3v 2 + 3v 2 = −3v 2 −

∂v ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y

Therefore,

∂g ∂g ∂f ∂f ∂f ∂f

v2 + u2 = 3u 2 v 2 − − 3u 2 v 2 − =0

∂u ∂v ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y

∂z

45. Calculate

Let f (x, , where xe z + ze y = x 2+ y. 2

∂ xy) = g(u), where u = x + y and g(u) is a differentiable function in one variable. Prove that

SOLUTION The function F(x, y, z) = xe z +∂ ze y 2 0 defines

f 2− x −∂ fy =

z implicitly

∂g 2 as a function of x and y. Using

+ = 4u

implicit differentiation, the partial derivative of z with respect to x is

∂x ∂y ∂u

∂z Fx

=− (1)

∂x Fz

We compute the partial derivatives Fx and Fz :

Fx = e z − 1

Fz = xe z + e y

∂z ez − 1

=− z .

∂x xe + e y

In Exercises 47–50, find4the critical points of the function and analyze them using the Second Derivative Test.

Let f (x, y) = x − 2x 2 + y 2 − 6y.

f (x,Find

47. (a) x 2critical

y) =the + 2y 2 points

− 4x y of

+ 6x

f and use the Second Derivative Test to determine whether they are local minima or

maxima.

(b) Find the minimum value of f without calculus by completing the square.

442 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

SOLUTION To find the critical points of the function f (x, y) = x 2 + 2y 2 − 4x y + 6x, we set the partial derivatives

equal to zero and solve. This gives

f x (x, y) = 2x − 4y + 6 = 0

f y (x, y) = 4y − 4x = 0

2x − 4x + 6 = 0

−2x = −6 ⇒ x =3

There is one critical point P = (3, 3). We now apply the Second Derivative Test to examine the critical point. We first

find the second-order partials:

f (x, y) = x + 2y 3 − x y

SOLUTION We find the critical point by setting the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = e x+y − xe2y equal to zero and

solve. This gives

f y (x, y) = e x+y − 2xe2y = 0

The first equation gives e x+y = e2y and the second equation gives e x+y = 2xe2y . Equating the two expressions,

dividing by the nonzero function e2y , and solving for x, we obtain

1

e2y = 2xe2y ⇒ 1 = 2x ⇒ x=

2

1 1 1 1

e 2 +y − e2y = 0 ⇒ e 2 +y = e2y ⇒ + y = 2y ⇒ y=

2 2

There is one critical point, 12 , 12 . We examine the critical point using the Second Derivative Test. We compute the

second derivatives at this point:

1 1

= e2+2 = e

1 1

f x x (x, y) = e x+y ⇒ f x x ,

2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

f yy (x, y) = e x+y − 4xe2y ⇒ f yy , = e 2 + 2 − 4 · e2· 2 = −e

2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1

f x y (x, y) = e x+y − 2e2y ⇒ f x y , = e 2 + 2 − 2e2· 2 = −e

2 2

Therefore the discriminant at the critical point is

1 1

D , = f x x f yy − f x2y = e · (−e) − (−e)2 = −2e2 < 0

2 2

We conclude that 12 , 12 is a saddle point.

1

SOLUTIONf (x, y)

We=find + critical

sin(xthe (x + y 2by

y) − points ) setting the partial derivatives of f (x, y) = (x + 2y)e x y equal to zero and

2

solving. We get

f x (x, y) = e x y + (x + 2y)ye x y = e x y 1 + x y + 2y 2 = 0

f y (x, y) = 2e x y + (x + 2y)xe x y = e x y 2 + x 2 + 2x y = 0

We divide the two equations by the nonzero expression e x y to obtain the following equations:

1 + x y + 2y 2 = 0

Chapter Review Exercises 443

2 + 2x y + x 2 = 0

The first equation implies that x y = −1 − 2y 2 . Substituting in the second equation gives

2 + 2 −1 − 2y 2 + x 2 = 0

2 − 2 − 4y 2 + x 2 = 0

x 2 = 4y 2 ⇒ x = 2y or x = −2y

x = 2y x = −2y

1 + 2y 2 + 2y 2 = 0 1 − 2y 2 + 2y 2 = 0

1 + 4y 2 = 0 1=0

y 2 = − 14

In both cases there is no solution. We conclude that there are no solutions for f x = 0 and f y = 0, that is, there are no

critical points.

53. Find the global extrema of f (x, y) = 2x y − x − y on the domain {y ≤ 4, y ≥ x 2 }.

Find the global extrema of f (x, y) = x 3 − x y − y 2 + y on the square [0, 1] × [0, 1].

SOLUTION The region is shown in the figure.

y

A y=4 B

y = x2

x

−2 0 2

Step 1. Finding the critical points. We find the critical points in the interior of the domain by setting the partial derivatives

equal to zero and solving. We get

f x = 2y − 1 = 0

1 1

f y = 2x − 1 = 0 ⇒ x= , y=

2 2

2

The critical point is 12 , 12 . (It lies in the interior of the domain since 12 < 4 and 12 > 12 ).

Step 2. Finding the global extrema on the boundary. We consider the two parts of the boundary separately.

The parabola y = x 2 , −2 ≤ x ≤ 2:

y

x

−2 0 1 2

f (x, x ) = 2x − x 2 − x

2 3

−8

On this curve, f (x, x 2 ) = 2 · x · x 2 − x − x 2 = 2x 3 − x 2 − x. Using calculus in one variable or the graph of the

function, we see that the minimum of f (x, x 2 ) on the interval occurs at x = −2 and the maximum at x = 2. The

corresponding points are (−2, 4) and (2, 4).

The segment AB: On this segment y = 4, −2 ≤ x ≤ 2, hence f (x, 4) = 2 · x · 4 − x − 4 = 7x − 4. The maximum

value occurs at x = 2 and the minimum value at x = −2. The corresponding points on the segment AB are (−2, 4)

and (2, 4)

Step 3. Conclusions. Since the global extrema occur either at critical points in the interior of the domain or on the

boundary of the domain, the candidates for global extrema are the following points:

1 1

, , (−2, 4), (2, 4)

2 2

444 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

f , =2· · − − =−

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

f (−2, 4) = 2 · (−2) · 4 + 2 − 4 = −18

f (2, 4) = 2 · 2 · 4 − 2 − 4 = 10

We conclude that the global maximum is f (2, 4) = 10 and the global minimum is f (−2, 4) = −18.

f (x, 2 2

55. UseFind

Lagrange multipliers

the maximum of to findy,the

f (x, z) minimum and maximum

= x yz subject value of

to the constraint g(x, z) =

y, y) 2x −

= 3x + 2y

y +on4zthe 1. x + y = 4.

=circle

SOLUTION

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The constraint curve is g(x, y) = x 2 + y 2 − 4 = 0, hence ∇g = 2x, 2y

and ∇ f = 3, −2. The Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g is thus 3, −2 = λ 2x, 2y. That is,

3 = λ · 2x

−2 = λ · 2y

Note that λ = 0.

Step 2. Solve for x and y using the constraint. The Lagrange equations gives

3

3 = λ · 2x x=

2λ

⇒ (1)

− 2 = λ · 2y 1

y=−

λ

We substitute x and y in the equation of the constraint and solve for λ . We get

3 2 1 2

+ − =4

2λ λ

9 1

+ 2 =4

4λ 2 λ

√ √

1 13 13 13

· =4 ⇒ λ= or λ =−

λ2 4 4 4

Substituting in (1), we obtain the points

6 4

x= √ , y = −√

13 13

6 4

x = −√ , y= √

13 13

The critical points are thus

6 4

P1 = √ ,−√

13 13

6 4

P2 = − √ , √

13 13

Step 3. Calculate the value at the critical points. We find the value of f (x, y) = 3x − 2y at the critical points:

6 −4 26

f (P1 ) = 3 · √ − 2 · √ = √

13 13 13

−6 4 −26

f (P2 ) = 3 · √ − 2 · √ = √

13 13 13

Thus, the maximum value of f on the circle is √26 , and the minimum is − √26 .

13 13

57. FindFind

the the

minimum

minimumand value

maximum values

of f (x, of xf y(x,

y) = y) = xto2 ythe

subject onconstraint

the ellipse5x 2 + 9y 2 = 36.

4x− y = 4 in two ways: using Lagrange

multipliersWe

SOLUTION and setting

must = 5x

findythe − 4 in fand

minimum (x,maximum

y). values of f (x, y) = x 2 y subject to the constraint g(x, y) =

4x 2 + 9y 2 − 36 = 0.

Chapter Review Exercises 445

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. The gradient vectors are ∇ f = 2x y, x 2 and ∇g = 8x, 18y, hence the

Lagrange Condition ∇ f = λ ∇g gives

2x y, x 2 = λ 8x, 18y = 8λ x, 18λ y

2x y = 8λ x

x 2 = 18λ y

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x and y. If x = 0, the equation of the constraint implies that y = ±2. The points (0, 2)

and (0, −2) satisfy the Lagrange Equations for λ = 0. If x = 0, the second Lagrange Equation implies that y = 0.

Therefore the Lagrange Equations give

y

2x y = 8λ x ⇒ λ=

4

x2

x 2 = 18λ y ⇒ λ =

18y

Step 3. Solve for x and y using the constraint. We equate the two expressions for λ to obtain

y x2

=

4 18y

18y 2 = 4x 2

We now substitute 4x 2 = 18y 2 in the equation of the constraint 4x 2 + 9y 2 = 36 and solve for y. This gives

18y 2 + 9y 2 = 36 36 2 2

⇒ y2 = ⇒ y1 = √ , y2 = − √

27y 2 = 36 27 3 3

2

We find the x-coordinates using x 2 = 9y2 :

9y 2

x2 =

2

9 4 √ √

x2 = · = 6 ⇒ x1 = 6, x2 = − 6

2 3

We obtain the following critical points:

2 √

P1 = (0, 2), P2 = (0, −2), P3 = 6, √

3

√ 2 √ 2 √ 2

P4 = 6, − √ , P5 = − 6, √ , P6 = − 6, − √

3 3 3

f (P1 ) = 02 · 2 = 0

f (P2 ) = 02 · (−2) = 0

2 12

f (P3 ) = f (P5 ) = 6 · √ = √

3 3

2 12

f (P4 ) = f (P5 ) = 6 · − √ = −√

3 3

Since the min and max of f occur on the ellipse, it must occur at critical points. Thus, we conclude that the maximum

12 and − √

and minimum of f subject to the constraint are √ 12 respectively.

3 3

59. Find the extreme values of f (x, y, z) = x + 2y + 3z subject−1 to the two constraints x + y + z = 1 and x 2 + y 2 +

z 2 = 1. Find the point in the first quadrant on the curve y = x + x closest to the origin.

SOLUTION We must find the extreme values of f (x, y, z) = x + 2y + 3z subject to the constraints g(x, y, z) =

x + y + z − 1 = 0 and h(x, y, z) = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 − 1 = 0.

446 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇ f =< 1, 2, 3 >, ∇g =< 1, 1, 1 >, ∇h =< 2x, 2y, 2z >, hence

the Lagrange condition ∇ f = λ ∇g + μ ∇h gives

or

1 = λ + 2μ x

2 = λ + 2μ y

3 = λ + 2μ z

1 = λ + 2μ x λ =1 − 2μ x

2 = λ + 2μ y ⇒ λ =2 − 2μ y

3 = λ + 2μ z λ =3 − 2μ z

1 − 2μ x = 2 − 2μ y 2μ (y − x) = 1

⇒

1 − 2μ x = 3 − 2μ z μ (z − x) = 2

1 , and the second implies that μ = 2 . Equating the two expressions for μ ,

The first equation implies that μ = 2(y−x) z−x

we get

1 2

=

2(y − x) z−x

z − x = 4y − 4x ⇒ z = 4y − 3x

Step 3. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraints. We substitute z = 4y − 3x in the equations of the constraints and

solve to find x and y. This gives

1 + 2x

x + y + (4y − 3x) = 1 y=

⇒ 5

x 2 + y 2 + (4y − 3x)2 = 1 10x 2 + 17y 2 − 24x y = 1

1 + 2x

y=

5

1 + 2x 2 1 + 2x

10x 2 + 17 − 24x · =1

5 5

39x 2 − 26x − 4 = 0

√

26 ± 1300

x 1,2 =

78

√ √

1 5 13 1 5 13

⇒ x1 = + ≈ 0.8, x2 = − ≈ −0.13

3 39 3 39

5 .

1 + 2 · 0.8 1 − 2 · 0.13

y1 = = 0.52, y2 = = 0.15

5 5

Finally, we find the z-coordinate using z = 4y − 3x:

.

Chapter Review Exercises 447

f (P2 ) = −0.13 + 2 · 0.15 + 3 · 0.99 = 3.14 (1)

The two constraints determine the common points of the unit sphere x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 1 and the plane x + y + z = 1.

This set is a circle that is a closed and bounded set in R 3 . Therefore, f has a minimum and maximum values on this set.

These extrema are given in (1).

61. Find the dimensions of the box of maximum volume with its sides parallel to the coordinate planes that can be

Use Lagrange multipliers to find the dimensions of a cylindrical can of fixed volume V with minimal surface area

inscribed in the ellipsoid (Figure 4)

(including the top and bottom of the can).

x 2 y 2 z 2

+ + =1

a b c

y

x

FIGURE 4

SOLUTION We denote the vertices of the box by (±x, ±y, ±z), where x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0. The volume of the box is

V (x, y, z) = 8x yz

The vertices of the box must satisfy the equation of the ellipsoid, hence,

x2 y2 z2

g(x, y, z) = 2 + 2 + 2 − 1 = 0, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0.

a b c

We need to maximize V due to the constraint: g(x, y, z) = 0, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0.

Step 1. Write out the Lagrange Equations. We have ∇V = 8 yz, x z, x y and ∇g = 2x2 , 2y2 , 2z2 , hence the Lagrange

a b c

Condition ∇V = λ ∇g gives the following equations:

2x

yz = λ 2

a

2y

xz = λ 2

b

2z

xy = λ 2

c

Step 2. Solve for λ in terms of x, y, and z. If x = 0, y = 0, or z = 0, the volume of the box has the minimum value

zero. We thus may assume that x = 0, y = 0, and z = 0. The Lagrange equations give

a 2 yz b2 x z c2 x y

λ= , λ= , λ=

2x 2y 2z

Step 3. Solve for x, y, and z using the constraint. Equating the three expressions for λ yields the following equations:

a 2 yz c2 x y

= y c2 x 2 − a 2 z 2 = 0

2 x 2 z

⇒

b2 x z c2 x y x c2 y 2 − b2 z 2 = 0

=

2 y 2 z

Since x > 0 and y > 0, these equations imply that

az

c2 x 2 − a 2 z 2 = 0 x=

c

⇒ (1)

c2 y 2 − b2 z 2 = 0 bz

y=

c

448 C H A P T E R 15 D I F F E R E N T I AT I O N I N S E V E R A L VA R I A B L E S (ET CHAPTER 14)

We now substitute x and y in the equation of the constraint and solve for z. This gives

az 2 bz 2

c c z2

+ + 2 =1

a2 b 2 c

z2 z2 z2

2

+ 2 + 2 =1

c c c

3z 2 c

=1 ⇒ z= √

c2 3

We find x and y using (1):

a c a b c b

x= √ = √ , y= √ = √

c 3 3 c 3 3

We obtain the critical point:

a b c

P= √ ,√ ,√

3 3 3

Step 4. Conclusions. The function V = 8x yz is a polynomial, hence it is continuous. The constraint defines a closed

and compact set in R 3 , hence f has extreme values on the constraint. The maximum value is obtained at the critical point

P. We find it:

a b c abc

V (P) = 8 √ · √ · √ = 8 √

3 3 3 3 3

We conclude that the dimensions of the box of maximum volume with sides parallel to the coordinate planes, which can

be inscribed in the ellipsoid, are

a b c

x= √ , y= √ , z= √ .

3 3 3

63. A bead hangs on a string of length whose ends are fixed by thumbtacks located at points (0, 0) and (a, b) on a

Given n nonzero numbers σ , . . . , σn , show that the minimum value of

bulletin board (Figure 5). The bead1rests in the position that minimizes its height y. Use Lagrange multipliers to show

that the two sides of the string make equal angles

f (x 1 , .with

. . , xthe horizontal,

2 2 2 that θ1 = θ2 .

that is, 2show

n ) = x σ + · · · + x n σn

As an aside, note that the locus of the bead when pulled taut1is1an ellipse with foci at O and P, and the tangent line at

the lowest point is horizontal. Therefore, this exercise ⎛ provides ⎞−1another proof of the reflective property of the ellipse (a

n

−2

lightsubject to x 1 + · · · + x n = 1 is c, where c = ⎝

ray emanating from one focus and bouncing off the σ ⎠ is. reflected to the other focus).

ellipse

j

j=1

y

P = (a, b)

x

O

1 2

FIGURE 5

y

E (a, b)

2 2 b

A B C D

x

1

1 2 −y

F

Chapter Review Exercises 449

Hence,

l = l1 + l2 (1)

−y y

= cos θ1 ⇒ l1 = −

l1 cos θ1

b−y b−y

= cos θ2 ⇒ l2 =

l2 cos θ2

Substituting in (1), we obtain

−y b−y

l= + (2)

cos θ1 cos θ2

Rewriting the above equation, we obtain our first constraint equation:

For our second constraint, we note that tan θ1 = AB/(−y) and tan θ2 = B D/(b − y). Since AB + B D = a, we have

g2 (y, θ1 , θ2 ) = −y tan θ1 + (b − y) tan θ2

We use the equation ∇ f (y, θ1 , θ2 ) = λ1 ∇g1 (y, θ1 , θ2 ) + λ2 ∇g2 (y, θ1 , θ2 ), which becomes

+ λ2 − tan θ1 − tan θ2 , −y sec2 θ1 , (b − y) sec2 θ2

Note that λ1 and λ2 can’t both be zero. If λ1 = 0, then we get 0 = λ2 (−y sec2 θ2 ), which doesn’t happen. A similar

argument holds for λ2 . Thus, we can assume that both λ1 and λ2 are nonzero. Looking at the second coordinate of the

above equation, we get λ1 (y sec θ1 tan θ1 ) = λ2 (−y sec2 θ1 ), which means λ1 /λ2 = − sec θ1 / tan θ1 = −1/ sin θ1 . A

similar analysis of the third coordinate gives λ1 /λ2 = − sec θ2 / tan θ2 = −1/ sin θ2 . We conclude that sin θ1 = sin θ2 ,

and hence θ1 = θ2 , as desired.

- Permutation & Combination Theory_EDiunggah olehthinkiit
- Blanchard Differential Equations 3e Solutions Manual .pdfDiunggah olehJonah Crespo
- Section 15.4 AnswersDiunggah olehRenee Moore
- probset3._materialbalancesDiunggah olehAbi Mukund
- hw3_solnDiunggah olehNatasha Chandra
- Chapter 16.1 - 16.3 Solutions RogowskiDiunggah olehBoss
- Toposhaper - Iso-Contours - User Manual - English - V2.0 - 22 Dec 14Diunggah olehDita Ayu Rani N
- Areas under curves,integration from A-level Maths TutorDiunggah olehA-level Maths Tutor
- BCE - 70.docxDiunggah olehDinesh Patil
- Weather Maps and Intro to ClimateDiunggah olehcmillica1176
- chap16-et-student-solutionsDiunggah olehapi-19961526
- 737 Sec 6Diunggah olehsumanth_i
- Fall Project ADiunggah olehJimmy Zhou
- Chap13 Et Student SolutionsDiunggah olehCody Michel
- ch06Diunggah olehbigballin90
- 19curve0Diunggah olehkannanviknesh
- RollingConesCylinders_Part13Diunggah olehlinghuchong
- wong_fp-FP4Diunggah olehYermakov Vadim Ivanovich
- Transformations of FunctionsDiunggah olehnguyenlc1993
- Land Nav HandbookDiunggah olehsrollins
- Introduction to FunctionsDiunggah olehdanielleecave
- lesson plan 2Diunggah olehapi-270322298
- Finding Domain and RangeDiunggah olehjayloo
- Bathymetry Study PlanDiunggah olehAbinya Alfatih
- ContourDiunggah olehసురేంద్ర కారంపూడి
- topographicDiunggah olehapi-262111293
- Caribbean StudiesDiunggah olehAntonique Headman
- Dynamic Optimization in EconomicsDiunggah olehchompipon
- instructional softwareDiunggah olehapi-361184671

- gfjmDiunggah olehRonel Violanta
- modeing crack in abaqus.pdfDiunggah olehshahin zand
- As 2853 - 1986 Oven Temperature ControlledDiunggah olehA Ip Kar Mun
- KA_2016_1_Titrimetric-Analysis.pdfDiunggah olehIgnasius Dio
- Titamium Oxide (TiO2) Assisted Photocatalytic Degradation of Methylene BlueDiunggah olehmmbaig1234
- 4Diunggah olehSatwik Reddy
- ULASAN ERGONOMIDiunggah olehFadila Nastiti
- lec32Diunggah olehDanka Pantic
- How Hot Do Brakes GetDiunggah olehxLibelle
- Exam Final F07Diunggah olehShiza Asif
- Holding PatternDiunggah olehspypro05
- Micro Forming ProcessDiunggah olehshamim_alam_4
- Mathematical Modeling and Simulation of a Non-Ideal Plug Flow Reactor in a Saponification Pilot PlantDiunggah olehMohammed M. Mohammed
- Rate of DissolvingDiunggah olehaene
- Physics Chapter 12Diunggah olehPrashant Sah
- Estimating Concrete Volumes for Composite DecksDiunggah olehKrish Doodnauth
- Flexural behaviour of reinforced Geopolymer concrete beamsDiunggah olehnvnrev
- ASCE7-10WindChangesDiunggah olehtomwells1927
- ___le 1-s2.0-S0924013605000142-mainDiunggah olehJonatas Silva
- Ps1 Dynamic SolnDiunggah olehpene
- 25. Naik et al., 2015 GRL.pdfDiunggah olehAzhar Uddin
- SS_BWT_STD_OX_CSDiunggah olehMandeep Singh Kahlon
- MasteringPhysics_ Assignment 6_ Motion in 2-DDiunggah olehStrange Sht
- Handout 27Diunggah olehSerap Inceçayır
- Getting Started with Aspen HYSYS DynamicsDiunggah olehusman_hafeez86
- Computational Modeling of Human BodyDiunggah olehmemguoyan
- corrolla 2014Diunggah olehRum Zin Apellidos
- DESIGN-OF-WIND-PRESSURE.docxDiunggah olehHanna Jeane
- Fluid MechanicsDiunggah olehPankaj Mishra
- Behavior of Concrete Beams ReinforcedDiunggah olehTrong Tuan Tran

## Lebih dari sekadar dokumen.

Temukan segala yang ditawarkan Scribd, termasuk buku dan buku audio dari penerbit-penerbit terkemuka.

Batalkan kapan saja.